<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/antarvis-vms/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 14 Aug 2023 18:11:44 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/qcam-smartclient-player-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/qcam-smartclient-player-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Aug 2023 18:11:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Antarvis VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Qcam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SmartClient]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uniview]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ZKTeco]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=4399</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide, SmartClient is designed to access and control single DVR/NVR Qcam devices.Smart Client is deigned to ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/qcam-smartclient-player-user-guide/#more-4399" aria-label="Read more about Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide, SmartClient is designed to access and control single DVR/NVR Qcam devices.<span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Smart Client is deigned to access and control single DVR/NVR. Compared with CMS, it has less function and much easier for user.</span></p>
<h2 class="article__title">Qcam SmartClient Player</h2>
<div class="article-meta">
<div class="article-meta__col article-meta__col--main">
<div class="entry-info "><strong>Compatibility: </strong>Requires Windows 7 or later.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>To download the Qcam SmartClient program and user manual for Windows please click the links below.</p>
<p><a href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/amcrest-files/SmartClient.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Qcam SmartClient Software Download</a></p>
<p><a href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/amcrest-files/Documentation/Smart+Client+User+Manual.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Qcam SmartClient Software User Manual</a></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 13pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 22pt;">Smart Client for PC</span></strong><a id="bookmark0"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 36pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.05; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Smart Client is deigned to access and control single DVR/NVR. Compared with CMS, it has less function and much easier for user.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 16pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 16pt;">Login Your Device</span></strong><a id="bookmark2"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="541" height="324" class="wp-image-4400 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-1-541w324h.jpeg" alt="Picture 1 541w324h" title="Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide 6" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-1-541w324h.jpeg 541w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-1-541w324h-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.95pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To access your device, you need to login first.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Scan all the devices in your local area network by click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, then double click one device from the list. Or you can manually input the device IP address/Domain name/UID.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the user name and password.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select main stream or sub-stream for live view. If your device is in internet, it’s recommended to select Sub-stream. Sub-stream has much lower bitrate than main stream, but main stream has much better image quality.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Login</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, then you will connect the device to live-view.</span></div>
<div>Read More :</div>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/4358/installing-dw-spectrum/">Installing DW Spectrum</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/4059/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/">ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3801/uniview-nvr-remote-access/">Uniview NVR Remote Access</a></li>
</ol>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 14pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 16pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 16pt;">Live View</span></strong><a id="bookmark4"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img decoding="async" width="595" height="332" class="wp-image-4401 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-2-595w332h.jpeg" alt="Picture 2 595w332h" title="Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide 7" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-2-595w332h.jpeg 595w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-2-595w332h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3.95pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: The screen layout emulates the multi-channel live view screen of the DVR/NVR, showing you images coming directly from your cameras in near real-time (some delay is caused by the network/Internet connection you’re using to access the device). You can select a single camera, or multi-channel viewing by using the Viewing Mode buttons in the lower right corner.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: Opens the Playback interface, which operates in much the same way as the playback</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">interface on the NVR itself.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Local Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: Defines how Smart Client will manage and save footage and still images to your local PC.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Settings</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: Allows access to the device’s settings. The configurable options are very similar to those you’ll find in the device local menus.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main Viewing Area</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: Where images from your camera will be shown. Select Preview to return to this view from the Playback interface or the configuration menus.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Image Controls</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: You can alter the brightness, contrast, saturation and hue of your images here.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">They operate in the same way as those in the device’s local menu.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Viewing Modes</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: Choose between single camera viewing, four channels at once (2 x 2) or all eight channels at once (3 x 3).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Volume Control</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: Alters how loud the audio output from the device will be.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.04; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CPU Loading</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: How hard your computer is working to decode and display images as they arrive from the device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">User Manual for Smart Client</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 16pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 16pt;">Playback</span></strong><a id="bookmark6"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img decoding="async" width="596" height="335" class="wp-image-4402 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-6-596w335h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 6 596w335h" title="Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide 8" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-6-596w335h.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-6-596w335h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 3.7pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3.7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 21.95pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Area</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Description</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Area</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Description</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device list</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search condition</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search result</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">4</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control panel</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">5</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Play window</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.3.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 15pt;">Remote playback and download</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select the playback channel and window.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select recorded files type and query time.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="180" height="29" class="wp-image-4403 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-10-180w29h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 10 180w29h" title="Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide 9"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3. Click key</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to search the matched recorded files, if there are, the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.26; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">files will shows in the area 3.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="33" height="31" class="alignleft wp-image-4404 size-full" style="margin-right: 3.6pt; margin-top: 15pt;" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Picture-box-16-33w31h.jpeg" alt="Picture box 16 33w31h" title="Qcam SmartClient Player User Guide 10"></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 13pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select the time you want to start playback from area 3, and click icon &#8211;</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 13pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To download recording file, please click</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 13pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">6.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the file list dialog, select what you want to download.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/qcam-smartclient-player-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>DW Spectrum Full User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-full-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-full-user-guide/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 13 Aug 2023 18:25:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Antarvis VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Defaults]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LILIN Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVMS 2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ZKTeco]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=4302</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[DW Spectrum Full User Guide, This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-full-user-guide/#more-4302" aria-label="Read more about DW Spectrum Full User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>DW Spectrum Full User Guide, This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and view archived video and export recorded video evidence to your local computer or to a removable media device. Contains the following sections: • View Live Video • Search/View Archive Video • Exporting Recorded Video</p>
<p>Note: Depending on your individual access rights, you may not be able to view all of the functionality documented in this guide.</p>
<p>Accessing the DW Spectrum Web Client</p>
<h2><strong>DW Spectrum Web Client</strong></h2>
<p>In addition to the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client, Administrators may use their web browsers to access the web client of their DW Spectrum® Server where they may view camera video and manage select administrative settings of their server.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to access the DW Spectrum® Web Client and some of the features within the interface.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  The DW Spectrum® IPVMS Web Client is supports Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Internet Explorer, Safari, and Microsoft Edge.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  The use of “server” in this article refers to the computer on which the DW Spectrum® IPVMS server application is installed.</p>
<p>The use of “system” in this article is used interchangeably to refer to either an individual server or to a group of merged servers.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Opening the DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Open Through DW Spectrum® IPVMS Desktop Client</strong></p>
<p>To open the web client using the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client, <strong>right-click</strong> on the target server, then select <strong>Server Web Page</strong>.</p>
<p>Your computer’s default web browser will open to the login page of the server’s web client.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="346" height="427" class="wp-image-4303" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/280b1685-412d-4957-ae11-96c848afe0f5/image-20200828143531-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 64" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita.png 346w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-243x300.png 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 346px) 100vw, 346px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Manually Connect Through a Web Browser</strong></p>
<p>To open the web client using a web browser, open a web browser and enter the server’s <strong>Web Admin URL</strong> into the address bar, then press the <strong>Enter</strong> key.</p>
<ul>
<li>URL Structure:  <em>http://&lt;Server_IP&gt;:&lt;Server_Port&gt;</em></li>
<li>Example:  <em>http://192.168.21.195:7001</em></li>
</ul>
<p>If you are able to connect with the server through your current network connection, the login page of the server’s web client will display.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  The default <em>Server Port</em> value of DW Spectrum® IPVMS is <em>7001</em>.</p>
<blockquote><p>Read Next Article&#8217;s.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/4059/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/">ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/3975/lilin-client-user-guide/">LILIN Client Installation and User Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/4005/nvms-2-installation-guide/">NVMS 2 Installation Guide</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Logging In to the DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></p>
<p>Upon reaching the login page of the web client, there are two options for logging in:</p>
<ul>
<li>Enter the <strong>Login</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> that you use when utilizing the DW Spectrum® desktop client
<ul>
<li>Default Login:  <strong>admin</strong></li>
<li>Default Password:  <strong>admin12345</strong></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Enter the<strong> Email</strong> and <strong>Password </strong>associated with your <strong>DW Cloud™</strong> account</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="654" class="wp-image-4304" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/dc66ced6-78b1-4e6b-a166-987e5299ce57/image-20200828143531-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 65" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1.png 888w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-768x566.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Features of DW Spectrum® IPVMS Web Client</strong></p>
<p>The interface of the web client is divided into six (6) tabbed pages, accessible to users depending on their user role permissions – <em>Settings</em>, <em>View</em>, <em>Monitoring</em>, <em>For Developers</em>, and <em>Help</em>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Settings Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>Settings Tab</em> is comprised of two menus – <em>Server</em> and <em>System</em>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Features of the <em>Server</em> menu:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Info</strong> – displays the system associated with the server, your current user profile, the current server and IP address, current version of DW Spectrum® IPVMS, server platform, and other associated (merged) servers of the system.</li>
<li><strong>Port</strong> – current access port used by the DW Spectrum® server for communication across network connections.</li>
<li><strong>Reset Server</strong> – by clicking the <em>Restore Factory Defaults</em> button, all settings, features, and database configurations will be defaulted.  Additionally, if the server is part of a merged system, it will be detached from the array.</li>
<li><strong>Detach Server from the System</strong> – by clicking the <em>Detach from the System</em> button, the current server will be removed from its merged system and all of its registered DW Cloud™ accounts will be removed from the server’s registry.</li>
<li><strong>Restart</strong> – by clicking the <em>Restart Server</em> button, the server application will be remotely restarted on the server’s host computer.</li>
<li><strong>Change Admin Password</strong> – use this feature to change the password credential for the Owner user profile (<em>admin</em>) of the system.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1202" height="825" class="wp-image-4305" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/500e7b60-e167-4c72-a6c9-63c37b62767d/image-20200828143531-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 66" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2.png 1202w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2-300x206.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2-1024x703.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2-768x527.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2-1200x824.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1202px) 100vw, 1202px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Features of the <em>System</em> menu:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Name</strong> – use this feature to change the title of the system.  Be aware that if the server is part of a merged system, the change will be applied across all of the other merged servers as well.</li>
<li><strong>Merge System</strong> – by clicking the <em>Merge Systems</em> button, a pop-up window will display.  Enter the host IP address and server port, the <em>Login</em>, and the <em>Password</em> of another server to merge it with the current system.</li>
<li><strong>DW Cloud</strong> – use this feature to connect or disconnect the current server from a DW Cloud™ account.</li>
<li><strong>Traffic Encryption</strong> – allows users to change the encryption level of system traffic and video traffic.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1202" height="825" class="wp-image-4306" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/b2529e8f-7751-4153-8f15-d291fd46857f/image-20200828143531-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 67" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3.png 1202w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3-300x206.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3-1024x703.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3-768x527.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3-1200x824.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1202px) 100vw, 1202px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>View Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>View </em>tab allows users to view live or recorded video from the current system.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Devices Panel</strong> <strong>(left panel)</strong> – lists devices (IP cameras) that are connected to the server.  Select a camera to begin viewing.</li>
<li><strong>Camera View</strong> – displays camera video to the right of the <em>Devices Panel</em>.  Click in the <em>Timeline</em> to view previously recorded video.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1290" height="689" class="wp-image-4307" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/2f758648-d0f3-4c3e-8f4e-4415c7265dc2/image-20200828143531-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 68" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4.png 1290w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4-300x160.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4-1024x547.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4-768x410.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4-1200x641.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1290px) 100vw, 1290px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To change the current video quality or to view the camera’s details, click the video settings button (<em>Gear </em>icon).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="240" class="wp-image-4308" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-5.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/4cb2941a-ba4c-40c4-9e1e-dab507039d0f/image-20200828143531-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 69"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Monitoring Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>Monitoring</em> tab is comprised of three menus – <em>Graphs</em>, <em>Storage</em>, and <em>Log</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Graphs</strong> – displays a real-time line graph of the server’s CPU, Memory, HDD activity, and Ethernet throughput.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1216" height="843" class="wp-image-4309" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/bd0b7eda-3234-4be9-90be-b497b1f0e479/image-20200828143531-7.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 70" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6.png 1216w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6-300x208.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6-1024x710.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6-768x532.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6-1200x832.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1216px) 100vw, 1216px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage</strong> – displays all connected storage pathing for the Server including HDDs and NAS drives.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1216" height="308" class="wp-image-4310" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/ae6bd0b4-fcce-4824-b70e-bb120441321c/image-20200828143531-8.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 71" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7.png 1216w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7-300x76.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7-1024x259.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7-768x195.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7-1200x304.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1216px) 100vw, 1216px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Log</strong> – displays the system logs of your DW Spectrum® system.  This information might be requested by a Digital Watchdog support member for specific troubleshooting scenarios.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1215" height="843" class="wp-image-4311" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/2390c3d2-78f4-4f5b-ae12-b2116ed581dc/image-20200828143531-9.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 72" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8.png 1215w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8-300x208.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8-1024x710.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8-768x533.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8-1200x833.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1215px) 100vw, 1215px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>For Developers Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>For Developers</em> tab contains tools for developers for creating and testing features in association with DW Spectrum® IPVMS.</p>
<p>The available tools include:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Generic Events Generator</strong> – a tool for developing and testing HTTPS Generic Event calls for use with the <em>Events &amp; Rules</em> engine of DW Spectrum®.</li>
<li><strong>Server API</strong> – provides developers with the ability to access almost every system feature within the regular DW Spectrum® desktop client.  Includes an <em>API Testing Tool</em>, <em>API Changelog</em>, and an <em>API Documentation</em> list.</li>
<li><strong>Camera Details Panel</strong> – displays additional information for cameras in the <em>View </em>tab including <em>Camera ID</em>, links for available video-streams, and the ability to directly export video from the browser.  This feature is the equivalent of clicking the <em>Gear </em>icon for a camera while using the <em>View</em> tab.</li>
<li><strong>Video Source SDK</strong> – provides the ability to integrate video sources (IP cameras, NVRs, DVRs, etc.) into the system, making it possible to create methods for discovering, displaying, analyzing, and recording video.  This also allows the integration of I/O ports and devices, as well as motion detection with 3<sup>rd</sup> party devices.</li>
<li><strong>Storage SDK</strong> – allows the integration of non-standard 3<sup>rd</sup> party storage mediums.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1204" height="875" class="wp-image-4312" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/a2c5d853-0c25-4abb-bb44-e0c3a1ffe674/image-20200828143531-10.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 73" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9.png 1204w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9-300x218.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9-1024x744.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9-768x558.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9-1200x872.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1204px) 100vw, 1204px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Information Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>Information</em> tab contains the means to check the status of the current server.</p>
<p>Features include:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Alerts</strong> – displays detected issues such as server storage errors or communication issues with devices.  This works in tandem with the <em>Event Notifications</em> engine of DW Spectrum®.</li>
<li><strong>System</strong> – displays system information including the number of currently merged servers, number of connected devices, number of storage locations, number of users, and the current software version of DW Spectrum® IPVMS in use by the system.</li>
<li><strong>Servers</strong> – displays information of all servers within the system including uptime information, average CPU usage, average memory (RAM) usage, public IP addresses, and current server OS time (differs from shared system time).</li>
<li><strong>Cameras</strong> – displays information of connected cameras including server affiliation, type of camera, IP address, availability status, stream information, and archive storage analysis.</li>
<li><strong>Storage Locations</strong> – displays the storage drive information of each server including status, number of issues (24h), read/write rate, and available storage space.</li>
<li><strong>Network Interfaces</strong> – displays the Ethernet information of the servers within a system including affiliated server, availability status of the connection, IP address of the node, and I/O bitrate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1189" height="712" class="wp-image-4313" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/0350319a-63c1-41d6-af66-aae6593e7e26/image-20200828143531-11.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 74" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10.png 1189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10-300x180.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10-1024x613.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10-768x460.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1189px) 100vw, 1189px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Help Tab</strong></p>
<p>The help tab contains hyperlinks that will route you to the DW Technical Support request portal, DW Tools and Calculators page, and the mobile application page for <em>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Mobile</em> in the App Store or Google Play.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1009" height="460" class="wp-image-4314" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-11.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/c5fab1a1-f386-4ee9-9f39-eb7bbb9dc487/image-20200828143531-12.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 75" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-11.png 1009w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-11-300x137.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-11-768x350.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1009px) 100vw, 1009px" /></p>
<p>Connect DW Spectrum Desktop to Server with command line</p>
<p>It is possible to use special option to connect DW Spectrum Desktop to Server from the command line:</p>
<p><strong>&#8211;auth=http://username:password@server_address:server_port</strong></p>
<p>In example below server address is 192.168.1.200, port is default 7001, username is admin and password is admin1234. Client version is 3.0.0.14971:</p>
<p><strong>Windows:</strong></p>
<p><strong>&gt;&#8221;C:\Program Files\DW Spectrum\DW Spectrum Client\3.0.0.14971\DW Spectrum.exe&#8221; &#8211;auth=http://admin:admin1234@192.168.1.200:7001</strong></p>
<p><strong>Ubuntu:</strong></p>
<p><strong>$/opt/dwspectrumn/client/3.0.0.14971/client-bin &#8211;auth=http://admin:admin1234@192.168.1.200:7001</strong></p>
<p>Client will use secured connection.</p>
<p>DW Spectrum Client Hardware Requirements</p>
<p><strong>What are the recommended hardware specifications for the DW Spectrum® Client?</strong></p>
<p>The DW Spectrum® IPVMS program can be installed on most modern computers with an x64-bit architecture.  However, while DW Spectrum® is a relatively lightweight application, it does use a varying amount of hardware resources, depending on the intensity that it is used.</p>
<p>This article will outline the recommended hardware specifications required for DW Spectrum® IPVMS for your consideration.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Related Articles</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/754-dw-spectrum-ipvms-system-limitations/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS Maximum System Size</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/24-using-the-dw-spectrum-ip-storage-calculator/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Using the DW Spectrum IP Storage Calculator</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  <em>32-bit operating systems, Ubuntu 14.04, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2 are no longer supported by DW Spectrum®.  Additionally, the desktop client will not function when using Macintosh OS X 10.11, 10.12, or 10.13.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  <em>It is highly recommended to use a computer that is separate from the device hosting the DW Spectrum® Server application when using the DW Spectrum® Client, rather than run both programs fulltime on the same device.  This will help to keep the server device’s CPU from being overused and mitigate processing issues.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Prerequisites</strong></p>
<p>To use the DW Spectrum® Client, a computer must meet the following prerequisites:</p>
<ul>
<li>A supported 64-bit Operating System
<ul>
<li>Windows 8, 8.1, 10 Pro/Enterprise</li>
<li>Windows Server 2012, 2012 R2, 2016 v1607 and later, 2019</li>
<li>Ubuntu LTS 16.04, 18.04, 20.04</li>
<li>MacOS 11</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li> <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenGL" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">OpenGL</a> 2.1 Support or better</li>
<li>An Intel or AMD <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_processing_unit" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">CPU</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Hardware Recommendations</strong></p>
<p>The following specifications and aforementioned prerequisites will ensure a smooth user experience when using the DW Spectrum® IPVMS with up to 64 devices in a layout.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Single Monitor Workstation</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i5 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 5 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>8 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Dual Monitor Workstation</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i7 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 7 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>16 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Quad Monitor Workstation</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i9 or AMD Ryzen 9 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>32 GB or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>GeForce GTX 1650 or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE 1: <em> </em></strong><em>DW Spectrum® Client uses only the CPU for video decoding and can display up to 64 items on the viewing grid.  The GPU is used for dewarping on the fly, drawing animations, controls, and rendering UI elements in the client.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE 2:</strong>  <em>We assume that only one instance of DW Spectrum® Client will run on a single monitor system.  If you intend to run two instances of the program on a single monitor, use the recommended specs of the “Dual Monitor Workstation”.  For three or four instances of DW Spectrum® Client, use the recommended specs for the “Quad Monitor Station”.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE 3:</strong>  <em>Please take notice that dewarping a fisheye camera will set the resolution to “High”.  As a result, the specifications as mentioned above may not apply and are dependent on the cameras settings (e.g. resolution, framerate, etc.).  It is better to take the suggestions mentioned below in the decoding capabilities paragraph.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Decoding Capabilities</strong></p>
<p>Although it is difficult to offer recommended specifications with regard to decoding capabilities of a system due to the multiple variables of a stream, the following camera settings were taken into consideration:</p>
<ul>
<li>Resolution of 1920 x 1080 or less</li>
<li>Framerate of 15 fps or fewer</li>
<li>Bandwidth of 2 Mbps or fewer</li>
<li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Group_of_pictures" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Group of Pictures</a> (GOP) of 15 (IBBBBPBBBBPBBBBI)</li>
<li>H.264 compression method</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Up to 8 High-Resolution Streams</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i5 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 5 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>8 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Up to 16 High-Resolution Streams</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i7 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 7 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>16 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Up to 32 High-Resolution Streams</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i9 or AMD Ryzen 9 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>32 GB or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>GeForce GTX 1650 or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  <em>Please take into consideration that most monitors have a native resolution of 1920&#215;1080.  There is no benefit of displaying more than 1 Full HD camera in High Resolution on such a screen.  The same applies to displaying more than 4 Full HD cameras on a 4K screen or more than 16 Full HD cameras on an 8K screen</em>.</p>
<p>DW Spectrum &#8211; Installing DW Spectrum for Macintosh</p>
<p><strong>Creating A New System</strong></p>
<p>DW Spectrum is composed of two parts:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DW Spectrum® Media Server</strong> – the <em>Media Server</em> is Spectrum.  The media server is responsible for the recording, contains the database information of your added cameras and user profiles, and is arguably the most important aspect of the DW Spectrum IPVMS platform.  The <em>Media Server</em> is supposed to be installed on a computer that will be acting as your server.  If you have a DW Blackjack server, this software is already installed.</li>
<li><strong>DW Spectrum® Client </strong>– the <em>Client</em> software provides the graphical interface with which users may utilize to interact with the <em>Media Server</em> and allows users to see what the <em>Media Server </em>is doing.  Some features include allowing users to configure settings, view live and recorded video, and manage device connections.  The <em>Client</em> is helpful for accessing the <em>Media Server</em>, but is not required to remain running for the <em>Media Server</em> to do its job.  Instead, it is recommended that users install the <em>DW Spectrum Client</em> software <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/320-using-a-dw-spectrum-server-as-a-client/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">on a separate computer</a> from the <em>DW Spectrum Media Server</em> computer to save on processing.</li>
</ul>
<p>These two portions of DW Spectrum IPVMS coordinate to comprise a <em>System</em>.  A <em>System</em> can refer to a group of merged servers or to a single server.</p>
<p>This article will explain how to install DW Spectrum IPVMS, how to connect with the DW Spectrum System, and how to change the Owner/Admin password and System name.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  DW Spectrum for Macintosh is for the Client only.  A computer with either a Windows OS or an Ubuntu OS will be required to create a Server.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Installing DW Spectrum on Macintosh</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To obtain the installation files for DW Spectrum, open a web browser and visit the DW Spectrum IPVMS product page on the Digital Watchdog website.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/DW-Spectrum-IPVMS/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>DW Spectrum Product Page</strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Software</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <strong>Version</strong> of DW Spectrum that you want to install, then select the operating system that you are installing with (Macintosh).</p>
<p>Click on the <strong>Download</strong> icon to download the installation file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1376" height="871" class="wp-image-4315" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/73142d9c-357e-4114-9e9a-b87c9cf04dbf/image-20230720131218-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 76" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12.png 1376w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-300x190.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-1024x648.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-768x486.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-1200x760.png 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1376px) 100vw, 1376px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the downloaded .DMG file, then <strong>drag</strong> the DW Spectrum application into your <strong>Applications </strong>folder.</li>
</ol>
<p>Allow the process to run and complete the installation.  When finished, you can begin to set up the System.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1198" height="794" class="wp-image-4316" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/d31c6135-51ba-4f01-9ee0-7373f63fc9d0/image-20230720131218-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 77" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13.png 1198w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13-1024x679.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1198px) 100vw, 1198px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Creating a New System</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To launch the application, open the <strong>Applications</strong> folder, then <strong>double-click</strong> on the <strong>DW Spectrum Client</strong> application</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>If your computer is on the same LAN as a pre-existing Server, the DW Spectrum Client application may automatically detect it.  If so, click on the tile.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will be prompted to enter your login credentials (User ID and Password).  Contact the System <em>Owner</em> or <em>Administrator</em> of the Server if you need a login to be created.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="99" class="wp-image-4317" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-14.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/a8da552d-dcd8-42c3-b67b-4886e4636765/image-20230720131218-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 78"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  DW Spectrum for Macintosh is for the Client only.  A computer with either a Windows OS or an Ubuntu OS will be required to create a Server.</p>
<ol>
<li>If this is a first-time setup of DW Spectrum Client, click the <strong>Add to Existing System</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will then be prompted to enter the <em>Connection Options</em> to connect with the DW Spectrum Server.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Host</strong> – enter the IP Address of the DW Spectrum Server.</li>
<li><strong>Port</strong> – enter the TCP port of the DW Spectrum Server (default: 7001).</li>
<li><strong>Login</strong> – enter the login ID of your DW Spectrum user profile.</li>
<li><strong>Password</strong> – enter the login password of your DW Spectrum user profile.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="424" class="wp-image-4318" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-15.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/aa6af411-4ebd-45c1-a569-11c749325ab2/image-20230720131218-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 79" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-15.png 498w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-15-300x255.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="572" height="545" class="wp-image-4319" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-16.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/b086b1fc-5816-45c6-b846-bc8b5aa44f95/image-20230720131218-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 80" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-16.png 572w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-16-300x286.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 572px) 100vw, 572px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Once you have entered the connection information, click the <strong>OK</strong> button to connect with the DW Spectrum System.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Changing the Admin Password</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To change the <em>Admin</em> password of a Server, launch DW Spectrum and connect with the System.  You must have Administrator privileges to make system changes.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Right-click</strong> on the System (house icon) and select <strong>Open Web Client</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="953" height="599" class="wp-image-4320" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/0b8154f3-8df8-4fbc-9ddf-c53a65c9ce4b/image-20230720131218-7.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 81" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17.png 953w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17-300x189.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17-768x483.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 953px) 100vw, 953px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>A browser will open and connect with the System.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the <strong>Owner ID</strong> (Admin) and the <strong>Password</strong> to log in.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  Another way to access this web client is to enter the Server’s IP address and port to connect through a web browser.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="209" class="wp-image-4321" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-18.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/ed91c65e-edd2-448a-afed-6dbfe7bd69f4/image-20230720131218-8.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 82" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-18.png 397w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-18-300x158.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>After logging into the <em>System</em> <em>Web Client</em>, open the <em>Settings</em> tab then open the <strong>Users </strong>menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <strong>admin </strong>(Owner) profile and click the <strong>Change Password</strong> button.</p>
<p>Enter the current admin password and new admin password for the system then click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1280" height="575" class="wp-image-4322" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/229fe238-a17b-44c7-83b6-af327a0b9b2f/image-20230720131218-9.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 83" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19.png 1280w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19-300x135.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19-1024x460.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19-768x345.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19-1200x539.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1280px) 100vw, 1280px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="345" class="wp-image-4323" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-20.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/a115ca43-3827-498b-8fe3-721b04213bff/image-20230720131218-10.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 84" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-20.png 500w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-20-300x207.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>It is recommended to keep track of your password.  If the <em>Admin</em> password is forgotten, a <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/PasswordResetRequest/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>password reset form</strong></a> must be submitted for all Blackjack Series units.</p>
<p>If the DW Spectrum Server is installed on a custom-built server (not a Blackjack Series NVR), a clean reinstallation of the DW Spectrum Server will be required to reset a forgotten password.</p>
<p>To learn how to completely uninstall DW Spectrum from the Windows or Ubuntu Server, check out <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/19-dw-spectrum-clean-uninstall/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>DW Spectrum Clean Uninstall</strong></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Changing the System Name</strong></p>
<p>To change the <em>System</em> name, select the <strong>System Administration</strong> tab and open the <strong>General </strong>menu.</p>
<p>Click the edit icon beside the current system name and enter the new name of the <em>System</em>, then click the <strong>Save </strong>button to rename the <em>System</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1280" height="1092" class="wp-image-4324" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/b02e4b9c-cf2e-4abb-9be8-b6e98b9bd7b5/image-20230720131218-11.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 85" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21.png 1280w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21-300x256.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21-1024x874.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21-768x655.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21-1200x1024.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1280px) 100vw, 1280px" /></p>
<p>DW Spectrum Keyboard Shortcuts</p>
<p><strong>Keyboard Shortcuts</strong></p>
<p>By using keyboard shortcuts, users can quickly navigate around DW Spectrum® IPVMS without having to route through various menus.</p>
<p>These keyboard shortcuts are for Windows and Ubunut/Linux, but most will also work for MacOS by replacing “Ctrl” with the “Command” key.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
<li>DW Blackjack® Client Workstation Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Shortcut Keys</strong></p>
<p>To download the technical bulletin that lists these shortcut keys, <a href="https://dw2020.s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com/_gendownloads/79705f30-6d66-47c6-9595-988faefb758e/DW_Tech_Bulletin_KeyboardShortcut_Rev1218.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Click Here</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Shortcut</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Left (arrow)</td>
<td>Previous Frame</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Right (arrow)</td>
<td>Next Frame</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Z</td>
<td>Jump to Start of Segment</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>X</td>
<td>Jump to Next Segment</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Up (arrow)</td>
<td>Volume Up</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Down (arrow)</td>
<td>Volume Down</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M</td>
<td>Toggle Mute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>L</td>
<td>Jump to Live</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S</td>
<td>Toggle Stream Synchronization</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enter</td>
<td>Maximize Selected Item</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+I</td>
<td>Show Information of Selected Item</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+G</td>
<td>Start Smart Search</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+C</td>
<td>Check File Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+S</td>
<td>Take Snapshot</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+J</td>
<td>Adjust Video; Image Enhancement</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F2</td>
<td>Rename Resource (Resource Tree)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+T</td>
<td>Toggle Showreel Mode</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+W</td>
<td>Close Layout</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Tab</td>
<td>Switch Layout (similar to using Tab in a web browser)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+R</td>
<td>Toggle Screen Recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Esc</td>
<td>Close Current Dialogue</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+Enter</td>
<td>Full Screen (DW Spectrum window)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Alt+A</td>
<td>Open System Administration Dialogue</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+B</td>
<td>Open Bookmarks Search</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+E</td>
<td>Open Alarm/Event Rules Dialogue</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F1</td>
<td>About DW Spectrum (current instance)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+F4</td>
<td>Exit DW Spectrum (current instance)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[</td>
<td>Start Time Selection (on <em>Timeline</em> over recorded segment)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>]</td>
<td>End Time Selection (on <em>Timeline</em> if time selection has been started)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Additional Shortcuts</strong></p>
<p>Below are additional shortcut keys that are not listed in the technical bulletin.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Shortcut</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
<td>Connect to Another Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
<td>Disconnect from Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+T</td>
<td>New Tab</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+N</td>
<td>New Window</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+O</td>
<td>Open Files</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+L</td>
<td>Open Event Log</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+M</td>
<td>Open Camera List</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DW Spectrum Mobile SSL Certificate Notification</p>
<p><strong>Security Certificate Notifications</strong></p>
<p>After upgrading the DW Spectrum Mobile application to v22.1, users will be automatically logged out of DW Cloud and must log in to DW Cloud again to regain access to their Cloud Systems. Upon doing so, you may encounter an alert notification when attempting to connect with a DW Spectrum Server using version 4.2 or higher.</p>
<p>This article will explain the prompts that will display regarding security certificates and the DW Spectrum Mobile application.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Related Articles</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/135-dw-spectrum-ipvms-ssl-certificate-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS SSL Certificate Management</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/861-06-03-2022-release-notes-dw-spectrum-mobile-update-v22-1-34959/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">06/03/22 – Release Notes – DW Spectrum Mobile Update v22.1.34959</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Self-Signed SSL Certificates</strong></p>
<p>If the an affiliated DW Spectrum Server is using version 4.2 or higher, the mobile application will attempt to verify that the target Server is using an SSL Certificate for security. However, a notification will display alerting an SSL certificate verification issue if the DW Spectrum Server is using the default Self-Signed SSL Certificate that is generated automatically.</p>
<p>While valid, this is due to the Server using a self-signed certificate as opposed to using a public certificate that has been purchased from a recognized certificate provider. Select “<strong>Connect Anyway</strong>” to confirm that you trust the current Server. This message will not display the next time that you connect with the Server as long as its SSL Certificate remains valid.</p>
<p>The following prompt may display:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="278" class="wp-image-4325" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-22.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/b4e14b38-b3dc-4d90-9c8d-4c4a7e9eae71/image-20220708173557-15.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 86" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-22.png 279w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-22-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 279px) 100vw, 279px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Expired SSL Certificates</strong></p>
<p>If a DW Spectrum Server’s SSL Certificate (self-signed or public) has expired, the following prompt will appear:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="362" class="wp-image-4326" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-23.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/c0d2aa57-572e-4509-aa85-bbfcc8bd4717/image-20220708173557-16.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 87" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-23.png 281w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-23-233x300.png 233w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Enable (check) the “<strong>Trust this server</strong>” checkbox and select “<strong>Connect Anyway</strong>” to continue with connecting to the Server. This prompt will continue to appear each time you attempt to connect with the Server until the certificate has been renewed.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can disable the SSL Certificate verification setting in the DW Spectrum Mobile application, but this is not recommended as it will lower the security level of your connection.</p>
<p>To learn how to apply a public SSL Certificate or how to renew the self-signed SSL Certificate of a DW Spectrum Server, please use the KB article – <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/135-dw-spectrum-ipvms-ssl-certificate-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS SSL Certificate Management</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Changing Mobile App Security Settings</strong></p>
<p>DW Spectrum Mobile v22.1 users have the option to change the <em>Security </em>settings of the mobile app to connect without checking security certificates, but are instead recommended to use the default setting.</p>
<p>To change the <em>Security</em> settings in the mobile app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Menu</strong> icon , located in the top-right of the screen, and select “<strong>Settings</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="42" class="wp-image-4327" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-24.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/03192124-6ac4-4ef5-a1f9-0c45ccb39b18/image-20220708174122-19.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 88"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <em>Settings </em>menu, top on the <strong>Security</strong> toggle to change your SSL certificate verification preference.</li>
</ol>
<p>Your options include:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Recommended (default) – </strong>DW Spectrum Mobile will allow you to connect with DW Spectrum Servers that are using either valid self-signed or public SSL certificates.</li>
<li><strong>Strict –</strong> DW Spectrum Mobile will only allow you to connect with DW Spectrum Servers that are using valid public SSL Certificates.</li>
<li><strong>Disabled</strong> – disabling the <em>Security</em> toggle will allow you to connect with any DW Spectrum Servers and will NOT check for SSL Certificate verification. Please keep in mind that this option may pose a greater security risk.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1432" height="1395" class="wp-image-4328" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita.jpeg" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/c1c37edb-7428-4281-afa2-7a88bf8a8c3c/image-20220708173557-18.jpeg" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 89" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita.jpeg 1432w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1024x998.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-768x748.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1200x1169.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1432px) 100vw, 1432px" /></p>
<p>Export Bookmark from Timeline</p>
<p>Export Bookmark from Timeline</p>
<p>DW Spectrum v3.2 introduced a feature that allows users to export bookmarks quickly from the timeline.</p>
<p>How to Export a Bookmark from the Timeline?</p>
<ol>
<li>Find and select the <strong>Bookmark</strong> you would like to export on the <strong>Timeline</strong>.<br />
*remember you need to have a camera selected on the Viewing Grid in order to interact with the Timeline.</li>
<li>Click on the <em>3rd icon</em> (download icon) on the Bookmark.</li>
<li>The<strong> Export Dialog</strong> will now appear.</li>
</ol>
<p>* As with all video exports the larger the Bookmark duration the longer the Bookmark will need to complete exporting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1145" height="642" class="wp-image-4329" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2019/04-16/5bf69144-ccf1-4284-aeee-c3598f85abb6/image-20190416143844-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25.png 1145w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25-300x168.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25-1024x574.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25-768x431.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1145px) 100vw, 1145px" /></p>
<p>Maximum DW Spectrum Client Connections</p>
<p><strong>How many users can connect to a DW Spectrum Server?</strong></p>
<p>The quantity of concurrent DW Spectrum Client connections that a DW Spectrum Server can sustain is limited by the number of active TCP connections that can be supported by the server.</p>
<p>With this knowledge, the Owner and Administrators should consider the number of desktop client instances that will be connecting to the system, how many cameras and devices will stream video in each instance, and if there are other servers merged with the system. This is to avoid potential bottlenecks that may occur due to exceeding the system’s overall capabilities.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  The numbers provided in this article is in consideration of connecting to only a single (1) DW Spectrum Server. In the case that a DW Spectrum System is comprised of a merged, multi-server configuration, consider the number of devices connected to each server.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Related Articles</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/623-dw-spectrum-ipvms-hardware-requirements/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Client Hardware Requirements</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/754-dw-spectrum-ipvms-maximum-system-size/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS Maximum System Size</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Calculating the Maximum TCP Connections</strong></p>
<p>For a DW Spectrum Server that is using the recommended system and hardware requirements, the average limit of concurrent DW Spectrum Client connections that can be supported is:</p>
<ul>
<li>One (1) DW Spectrum Server <strong>can support up to 2,000 concurrent TCP connections</strong> – including connected devices and camera streams, as well as connecting instances of the DW Spectrum Client for regular viewing</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>As the supported number of client connections to a server varies depending on the number of active TCP connections that are in use with the server, use the following information to calculate the number of active TCP connections of a server.</p>
<ul>
<li>x1 DW Spectrum Client connection = 5 TCP connections</li>
<li>x1 Device or Camera connection = 1 TCP connection</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>X</strong> = # of active DW Spectrum Clients</p>
<p><strong>Y</strong> = # of active video streams per Client</p>
<p><strong>TCP Connections Consumed</strong> = (<strong>X </strong>x 5 TCP connections) + (<strong>X </strong>x<strong> Y</strong>)</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Examples for a Single (1) Server</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>400 DW Spectrum Client instances</strong> can connect, but <strong>no video </strong>(<strong>0</strong>) can display for the users
<ul>
<li>(<strong>400 clients</strong> x 5 TCP connections each) = 2,000 TCP connections; the max. amount of TCP connections are being used</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>80 DW Spectrum Client instances</strong> can connect, but only up to <strong>20 devices</strong> per client can stream video
<ul>
<li>(<strong>80</strong> <strong>clients</strong> x 5 TCP connections each) + (<strong>80 clients</strong> x <strong>20</strong> devices) = 2,000 TCP connections; the max. amount of TCP connections are being used</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>28 DW Spectrum Client instances</strong> can connect, but only up to <strong>64 devices</strong> per client can stream video
<ul>
<li>(<strong>28 clients</strong> x 5 TCP connections each) + (<strong>28 clients</strong> x <strong>64 devices</strong>) = 1,932 TCP connections in use; 68 TCP connections are still available</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PTZ Auto-Focus and Camera Control in DW Spectrum</p>
<p><strong>PTZ &amp; Auto-Focus</strong></p>
<p>While supported ONVIF cameras with motorized varifocal lenses can only zoom in and out, DW Spectrum also allows users to easily control connected PTZ cameras through the DW Spectrum Client without having to use an external joystick.</p>
<p>This article will show where you can manage the local PTZ settings in the DW Spectrum Client and outline the PTZ controls that are available.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  The <em>Extended PTZ</em> features require that the camera supports <em>ONVIF Absolute Move</em> and custom product integration to work with the DW Spectrum IPVMS software controls.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Local DW Spectrum Settings</strong></p>
<p>When using a PTZ camera, the local client settings can be configured to affect how the user’s PTZ control interface will display and PTZ configuration presets will be used by the system.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Preferred PTZ Preset Setting</strong></p>
<p>By default, PTZ control will automatically be available for supported PTZ cameras in the DW Spectrum Client and will use the camera’s <em>Native</em> PTZ setting presets (manufacturer configured). Considering this, DW Spectrum will determine if the system should use the camera’s presets or if it will use the DW Spectrum System’s preferred presets, depending on its assigned settings. These presets can be used to tell the PTZ camera to perform specific maneuvers, tours, etc.</p>
<p>You can find this setting in the DW Spectrum Client under the <em>PTZ</em> section. To get there, <strong>right-click </strong>on the camera and select “<strong>Camera Settings</strong>”. In the resulting <em>Camera Settings</em> window, select the “<strong>Expert</strong>”<strong> </strong>tab.</p>
<p>In the <em>PTZ</em> section of the menu, select one of the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong> (default) – use a mix between the <em>Native </em>and <em>System </em>PTZ presets to easily begin using the PTZ preset controls in the DW Spectrum Client.</li>
<li><strong>System</strong> – ignore the camera manufacturer settings in favor of using DW Spectrum PTZ preset settings only.</li>
<li><strong>Native</strong> – have DW Spectrum only use the PTZ camera’s preset settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="775" class="wp-image-4330" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-26.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/647327ff-3968-447c-bc45-8cb2c7e65279/image-20220211150237-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 91" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-26.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-26-300x291.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-26-768x744.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Aim Overlay Setting</strong></p>
<p>By default, the DW Spectrum Client will utilize a user interface (UI) that follows simple click-and-drag controls, which minimizes the need to display controls for the PTZ camera, which some users feel can take up a fair portion of the screen. However, other users may prefer to have an overlay display as it offers clear and simple controls by which to control the camera.</p>
<p>To show an aim overlay (HUD), navigate to <em>Main Menu &gt; Local Settings &gt; Look and Feel</em> menu in the desktop client.</p>
<p>Locate the “<strong>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</strong>” setting.</p>
<p>Enabling this setting will affect how the PTZ control interface will display in the client by directly overlaying the camera’s FOV and how the user interacts with the PTZ features.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="676" class="wp-image-4331" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-27.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/9d9272cd-af27-4945-9dc0-53200793f4fa/image-20220211150237-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 92" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-27.png 842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-27-300x241.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-27-768x617.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Using PTZ Controls</strong></p>
<p>When DW Spectrum detects that a compatible PTZ camera has been added to the system, the PTZ icon will display in the camera’s viewing window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="412" height="56" class="wp-image-4332" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-28.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/072a1635-a3c7-4a62-9bb9-7b3e863b2607/image-20220211150237-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 93" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-28.png 412w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-28-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 412px) 100vw, 412px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To activate the DW Spectrum’s PTZ controls, click the <strong>PTZ </strong>icon that appears at the top of the camera’s window. Click the PTZ icon again to hide the PTZ controls.</p>
<p>How the PTZ controls interface displays will vary, depending on whether or not the “<em>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</em>” setting has been enabled.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Simple-Zoom (non-PTZ cameras)</strong></p>
<p>If a camera uses a motorized, varifocal lens to zoom (T/W), but does not feature the ability to pan or tilt the camera, only the zoom controls (+ and –) will be available regardless of enabling/disabling the <em>aim overlay </em>setting.</p>
<p>This feature is represented by a set of plus (+) and minus (-) buttons that allow users to zoom the camera lens in or out through the DW Spectrum interface.  Alternatively, users may use the <strong>mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="540" class="wp-image-4333" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-29.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/d97f4f3e-6ed5-4977-88a1-2d89f29481ce/image-20220211150237-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 94" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-29.png 960w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-29-300x169.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-29-768x432.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Extended PTZ (<em>Disabled </em>PTZ Aim Overlay)</strong></p>
<p>When the <em>Aim Overlay </em>setting is DISABLED, the PTZ control features are represented in the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Zoom In/Out</strong> – <strong>click on the Zoom-in (+) or Zoom-out (-) </strong>buttons to use the camera’s motorized zoom; alternatively, users may use the <strong>mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out</li>
<li><strong>Pan-and Tilt</strong> – <strong>click-and-drag </strong>the mouse within the viewing window to pan and tilt the camera</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>While holding the Shift key:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Box Targeting </strong>– to zoom and position the camera into a specific FOV-framing, <strong>Shift + click-and-drag</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window and draw a box around the target area.</li>
<li><strong>Single Mouse Click Pan/Tilt</strong> – users can <strong>Shift + click</strong> (once) anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the PTZ camera move and center to that point</li>
<li><strong>Double-click Zoom Out</strong> – users can <strong>Shift + double-click</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window to zoom the camera back out to its telescopic base.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1069" height="940" class="wp-image-4334" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/54e54843-64dc-42e7-89d6-45a1a397ecd0/image-20220211150237-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 95" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30.png 1069w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30-300x264.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30-1024x900.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30-768x675.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1069px) 100vw, 1069px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Regular PTZ (<em>Enabled </em>PTZ Aim Overlay)</strong></p>
<p>When the <em>Aim Overlay </em>setting is ENABLED, the PTZ control features are represented in the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Zoom In/Out</strong> –<strong> </strong>to use the camera’s motorized zoom, <strong>click on the Zoom-in (+) or Zoom-out (-) </strong>buttons; alternatively, users may use the <strong>mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out.</li>
<li><strong>Virtual Joystick</strong> – displaying in the center of the overlay, <strong>click-and-drag </strong>the<strong> </strong>virtual joystick to pan and tilt the camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  The user does not need to hold the Shift key down when using the <em>Extended PTZ</em> features, so long as the “<em>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</em>” setting is enabled.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Box Targeting </strong>– to zoom and position the camera into a specific FOV-framing, <strong>click-and-drag</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window and draw a box around the target area.</li>
<li><strong>Single Mouse Click Pan/Tilt</strong> – to have the PTZ camera quickly move and center to a single point, users can <strong>click</strong> (once) anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the PTZ camera move and center to that point</li>
<li><strong>Double-click Zoom Out</strong> – users can <strong>double-click</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the camera zoom-out to its widest magnification.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1660" height="938" class="wp-image-4335" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/bb075f40-b645-4ab8-93ea-c9deeaa4d72d/image-20220211150237-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 96" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31.png 1660w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-300x170.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-1024x579.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-768x434.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-1536x868.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-1200x678.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1660px) 100vw, 1660px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Issue Troubleshooting</strong></p>
<p>Camera models that support the advanced PTZ features (<em>Regular PTZ</em> and <em>Extended PTZ</em>) can be found using the <a href="https://dwspectrum.digital-watchdog.com/ipvd?hardwareTypes=camera&amp;sortBy=isMdSupported,ASC&amp;tags=isAptzSupported" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Supported Device List</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>When troubleshooting ONVIF camera issues, such as PTZ control problems, it is recommended to download and install <a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">ONVIF Device Manager</a> on the same computer as your DW Spectrum Server.  If you cannot install the ONVIF Device Manager (ODM), because you are using an Ubuntu/Linux or Macintosh operating system, install ODM on a Windows PC that shares the same LAN as your troubled camera.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Common PTZ Issues</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>If PTZ camera does not display the PTZ icon in DW Spectrum</strong>, ensure that the DW Spectrum firmware version is up-to-date, use ODM to connect with the camera and confirm if there is a <strong>PTZ Controls</strong> option available. If not, it may be an issue with the camera. Confirm that the camera’s firmware is also up-to-date.</li>
<li><strong>If PTZ controls do not respond in DW Spectrum</strong>, in addition to ensuring that the camera firmware and DW Spectrum firmware are up-to-date, use the <strong>PTZ Controls</strong> in ODM to see if the camera responds.  If not, it may be an issue with the camera.</li>
<li><strong>If PTZ position presets assignment is not working</strong>, use ODM and use <strong>PTZ Controls</strong>, then select <strong>Absolute Move</strong>.  Try a different set of values for the Absolute Move coordinates.</li>
</ul>
<p>Axis T8311 Joystick</p>
<p>In v3.0 DW Spectrum introduced the ability to use the Axis T8311 Joystick to control live PTZ cameras on Windows OS-based computers.</p>
<p>How to Setup &amp; Use the Axis T8311 Joystick</p>
<ol>
<li>Plugin the Axis T8311 Joystick to the computer that you will be using.<br />
* The drivers should be automatically installed by Windows and the device should be recognized.</li>
<li>If your DW Spectrum Desktop app is open when you plugged in the joystick, restart your DW Spectrum Desktop. If not, open DW Spectrum Desktop.</li>
<li>Open the PTZ camera you would like to control with the Joystick and click on the PTZ icon with your mouse.</li>
<li>Use the Joystick to Pan, Tilt, and Zoom the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>Why does DW Spectrum only support one joystick controller for PTZ?</p>
<ol>
<li>IP cameras are network-based and have latency, making joystick control&#8230;.not great.</li>
<li>DW Spectrum has <strong>Advanced PTZ</strong> &#8211; a feature that makes analog joysticks seem&#8230;.well, outdated.</li>
</ol>
<p>Creating A Showreel in DW Spectrum</p>
<p><strong>Showreels</strong></p>
<p>The <em>Showreel</em> feature of DW Spectrum® allows users to create customizable timed viewing sequences, to which users may assign media resources such as cameras, layouts, web pages, and more.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to create a Showreel within the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Creating a Showreel</strong></p>
<p>To create a Showreel within the DW Spectrum® IPVMS Client:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the<strong> Main Menu</strong>, then click <strong>New</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <strong>Showreel</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="473" class="wp-image-4336" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-32.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/fd686d81-215e-4041-b0c4-dc002ed0847a/image-20201015115417-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 97" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-32.png 510w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-32-300x278.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>From the <em>Resource Tree</em>, drag any resource to an available cell in the Showreel layout.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Showreel will support the use of:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>Layouts</li>
<li>Single Devices (cameras, I/O devices)</li>
<li>Exported Files</li>
<li>Web Pages</li>
<li>Servers (monitoring item will be displayed)</li>
<li>External Media (offline files, files within the <em>Local Media</em> folder)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1919" height="1079" class="wp-image-4337" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/0e1c7a32-7dee-4fe5-8159-a817f4a6d819/image-20201015115417-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 98" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33.png 1919w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-300x169.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-1024x576.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-768x432.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-1536x864.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-1200x675.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1919px) 100vw, 1919px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Drag-and-drop </strong>resources to rearrange the display order of the cells within the Showreel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Adjust the <strong>display time</strong> of each resource.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1539" height="863" class="wp-image-4338" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/b17b861e-4ec4-478f-bc9d-2922772779bf/image-20201015115417-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 99" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34.png 1539w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-300x168.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-1024x574.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-768x431.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-1536x861.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-1200x673.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1539px) 100vw, 1539px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Start Showreel</strong> button to begin the Showreel.</li>
</ol>
<p>To stop the Showreel, press the <strong>Esc</strong> key on the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="469" height="180" class="wp-image-4339" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-35.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/adc5cfd6-b6f0-40e7-bbbe-a71a08115de8/image-20201015115417-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 100" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-35.png 469w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-35-300x115.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /></p>
<p>DW Spectrum Help Function</p>
<p><strong>Help Function</strong></p>
<p>DW Spectrum v3.2 introduced a context-sensitive help<em> </em>function that allows DW Spectrum users to easily find more information on operator functions, setup information, and more.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to use the <em>Context Help Manual</em> of DW Spectrum.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  An active Internet connection is not required to use this function.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack Servers</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Accessing the Help Function</strong></p>
<p>When using DW Spectrum, the <em>Context Help Manual </em>provides quick access to an offline user manual.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To use the help function:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Help Icon [?]</strong> in the <em>Navigation Panel</em>, at the top of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1587" height="472" class="wp-image-4340" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-16/3c1556cb-ba4f-4822-9410-c366e8f8e923/image-20200416144425-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 101" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36.png 1587w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-300x89.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-1024x305.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-768x228.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-1536x457.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-1200x357.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1587px) 100vw, 1587px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>A question mark [?] will overlay your mouse cursor, indicating that the <em>Help Function </em>is enabled.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the <strong>subject matter in question or interface element</strong> that you want to know more about.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>The <em>Context Help Manual</em> will open in your default web browser.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1582" height="763" class="wp-image-4341" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-16/9aa24f7e-38a3-4a8d-94bd-f45832000082/image-20200416144425-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 102" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37.png 1582w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-300x145.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-1024x494.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-768x370.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-1536x741.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-1200x579.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1582px) 100vw, 1582px" /></p>
<p>DW Spectrum IPVMS Mobile Application Setup</p>
<p><strong>DW Spectrum® Mobile Application</strong></p>
<p>The DW Spectrum® Mobile application allows users to connect with their DW Spectrum® systems using their Apple (iOS) and Android mobile devices.  However, some initial setup is required before you can begin to use the live viewing and playback features of the application.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to connect your DW Spectrum® Mobile application to a DW Spectrum System using DW Cloud™ or by using a server’s IP address for direct connection.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  The use of the term “DW Spectrum® System” in this article may refer to a single DW Spectrum® Server or to multiple DW Spectrum® Servers that have been merged into a single group.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  If a network that is hosting a DW Spectrum Server is using a SonicWall or Firewall service to filter out external Internet access, you may need to allowlist or port forward the DW Spectrum® Server.</p>
<p>For the FQDN list of DW Spectrum®, please read <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/132-fqdn-or-whitelist-for-dw-spectrum-cloud-access/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>DW Spectrum &#8211; FQDN or Allowlist for DW Cloud Access</strong></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Servers</li>
<li>MEGApix® IP Camera Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Acquiring the Application</strong></p>
<p>To use DW Spectrum® Mobile on your mobile device (smartphone, tablet, etc.), you will need to download and install the mobile application from your application store.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="234" height="236" class="wp-image-4342" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-38.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/5678c686-d64c-420f-bf0f-60228e75985f/image-20230116143206-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 103" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-38.png 234w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-38-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 234px) 100vw, 234px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Connecting Through DW Cloud™</strong></p>
<p>DW Cloud™ is a free connection service for use with the DW Spectrum® IPVMS software.  If you have yet to connect your DW Spectrum® system to a DW Cloud™ account or still need to create a DW Cloud™ account, check out <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/148-dw-cloud-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>DW Cloud Management</strong></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To connect with your DW Spectrum® IPVMS system using the DW Cloud™ service:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the <strong>DW Spectrum </strong>application on your mobile device.</li>
</ol>
<p>To connect your DW Cloud™ account to the <em>DW Spectrum® Mobile </em>application, click on <strong>Log in to DW Cloud</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="334" class="wp-image-4343" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-39.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/cdbfa5fc-45e5-4104-8140-d9150db23fa7/image-20230116143206-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 104" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-39.png 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-39-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <em>Cloud Account</em> screen, enter the <strong>Email</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> login credentials for your DW Cloud™ account, then tap the <strong>Log in</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the <em>Server Selection</em> screen, DW Spectrum® systems that are already connected with your DW Cloud™ account will display with an orange <strong>Cloud</strong> icon.  As your mobile application is now connected with your account, simply select the cloud-connected system to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="603" class="wp-image-4344" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-40.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/399aee63-847f-41e8-8852-97d9cc33677a/image-20230116143206-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 105" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-40.png 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-40-161x300.png 161w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>You may only view one DW Spectrum® system at a time through the mobile application.</li>
</ol>
<p>To view another system, tap on the <strong>Main Menu</strong> button, then select <strong>Disconnect from Server</strong>.</p>
<p>You will then be routed back to the <em>Server Selection</em> screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="751" class="wp-image-4345" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-41.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/d8c1d4c4-c2f4-4ea3-b7ca-b8304cdbbb82/image-20230116143206-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 106" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-41.png 823w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-41-300x274.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-41-768x701.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Connecting Through Direct Connection (IP Address)</strong></p>
<p>When connecting to your DW Spectrum® system using an IP address, you will need to port forward the DW Spectrum® server(s) to ensure that external network access is available while offsite.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Automatic Discovery (LAN)</strong></p>
<p>If you are currently connected to the same local network (LAN) as the DW Spectrum® system, the DW Spectrum® Mobile application may discover the server automatically.</p>
<ol>
<li>To connect with a discovered server, select the system.  The <em>IP Address</em> field will automatically fill.</li>
<li>Enter your <strong>Login</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> for the DW Spectrum® system, then tap the <strong>Connect </strong>button to begin viewing.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1115" height="739" class="wp-image-4346" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/8d35c132-9cfc-4de4-96b5-090980c1841a/image-20230116143206-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 107" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42.png 1115w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42-1024x679.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1115px) 100vw, 1115px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Manual Direct Connection (LAN)</strong></p>
<p>If the IP address of the server does not automatically fill or the server is not discovered, you can find the email address in the <em>Server Settings</em> menu of the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop application.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <em>DW Spectrum</em>® <em>IPVMS</em> desktop application, <strong>right-click</strong> on the server.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Server Settings</strong>.</li>
<li>Under the <em>General</em> tab, locate the <strong>IP Address</strong> and<strong> Port</strong> value for your connection needs.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1086" height="546" class="wp-image-4347" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/b326c52c-1a1a-463d-9290-c7880d304479/image-20230116143206-7.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 108" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43.png 1086w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43-300x151.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43-1024x515.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43-768x386.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1086px) 100vw, 1086px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Changing to your <em>DW Spectrum® Mobile</em> application, tap on the <strong>Connect to Another Server</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="334" class="wp-image-4348" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-44.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/ff3db77c-2ed4-4170-acf0-d5e0d0bcf6c6/image-20230116143206-8.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 109" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-44.png 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-44-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>The <em>New Connection</em> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the IP address of your server in the <strong>Host</strong> field,</p>
<p>Next, enter your <strong>Login</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> credentials for the DW Spectrum® system.</p>
<p>Tap the <strong>Connect</strong> button to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="385" class="wp-image-4349" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-45.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/a495b518-ff1b-460e-8fe1-6121e6f720b6/image-20230116143206-9.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 110" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-45.png 240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-45-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 240px) 100vw, 240px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Manual Direct Connection (WAN)</strong></p>
<p>If you will be connecting to your DW Spectrum® system from outside of your local network (LAN), you will need to know the Public IP Address (WAN) of your network.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  When connected to the same internal network (LAN) as the DW Spectrum® Server, you will not be able to connect if you are using an external, public IP address (WAN).  Use a public IP address only when connecting from outside of the server’s host network.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>To obtain the public IP address of your network, you may inquire with your ISP, work with your network administrator, or check in your router for the information.</li>
</ol>
<p>Alternatively, open a web browser (Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, etc.) and visit a port checking website (e.g., <a href="http://canyouseeme.org/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>http://canyouseeme.org</strong></a>).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>The public IP of your currently connected network will display</li>
</ol>
<p>Confirm that the DW Spectrum® port (<em>Default Port: 7001</em>) is open within the network.  If the port is blocked, external communication to the server will be unavailable.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="882" height="265" class="wp-image-4350" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-46.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/8a587124-fa2c-4555-becb-6de7974c995f/image-20230116143206-10.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 111" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-46.png 882w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-46-300x90.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-46-768x231.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 882px) 100vw, 882px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Changing to your <em>DW Spectrum® Mobile</em> application, tap on the <strong>Connect to Another Server</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="334" class="wp-image-4351" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-47.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/73bc1aa5-87bc-4f96-a680-0843606b24aa/image-20230116143206-11.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 112" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-47.png 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-47-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>The <em>New Connection</em> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the public IP address of your server in the <strong>Host</strong> field,</p>
<p>Next, enter your <strong>Login</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> credentials for the DW Spectrum® system.</p>
<p>Tap the <strong>Connect</strong> button to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="385" class="wp-image-4352" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-48.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/e9db72cc-4564-49b3-bd08-730fc6b4a722/image-20230116143206-12.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 113" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-48.png 240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-48-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 240px) 100vw, 240px" /></p>
<p>DW Spectrum &#8211; Launch Desktop Client with CLI</p>
<p><strong>Benefits of Launching with the CLI</strong></p>
<p>Launching the Desktop client with the CLI gives you a lot more flexibility. The CLI allows you to launch it normally without any changes, but you can also change its behavior by utilizing specific parameters. It can facilitate many tasks such as server auto-login, disabling auto-updates, creating multiple instances of the client, restricting options, and more.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>How to Launch with CLI</strong></p>
<p><strong>In Windows:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open <strong>Command Prompt</strong> and enter:</li>
</ol>
<p>cd C:\Program Files\Digital Watchdog\DW Spectrum\Client</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Next, to view all installed versions enter:</li>
</ol>
<p>dir</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose a version: [replace “VERSION” with your version number (e.g., 3.2.0.28738) in the command below]</li>
</ol>
<p>cd VERSION</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the Client (no parameter):</li>
</ol>
<p>applauncher</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or launch the Client with a parameter:</p>
<p>applauncher &#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Example&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>In Linux:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open <strong>Terminal</strong> and enter:</li>
</ol>
<p>cd /opt/digitalwatchdog/client/VERSION/bin</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Example:  cd /opt/digitalwatchdog/client/4.2.0.32842/bin</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>View all installed versions with the command:</li>
</ol>
<p>ls</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose a version. [replace “VERSION” with your version number (e.g., 3.2.0.28738) in the command below]</li>
</ol>
<p>cd VERSION/bin</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the client (no parameter):</li>
</ol>
<p>./applauncher</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or launch the client with a parameter:</p>
<p>applauncher &#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Example&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Command Line Parameters (v4.0 and newer):</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td><strong>Default implied value</strong></td>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Examples</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-single-application</td>
<td>Allows to have more than one instance of the client application running. (Also disables &#8216;Beta version&#8217; warning message.)</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-single-application</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;auth</td>
<td>Auto-login to the target server</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;auth=http://admin:123@localhost:7001</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;screen</td>
<td>Open client on the target screen</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;screen=1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;window-geometry</td>
<td>Place the client window to the target coordinates and resize it</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;window-geometry=100,100,1024&#215;768</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;soft-yuv</td>
<td>Enables video shader software emulation mode. May cause glitches.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;soft-yuv</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;local-settings</td>
<td>Changes settings source from registry to file system (Windows only)</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;local-settings</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-fullscreen</td>
<td>Open client in the windowed mode. May cause glitches.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-fullscreen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;skip-media-folder-scan</td>
<td>Do not scan media folders. Local resources will not be displayed.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;skip-media-folder-scan</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;override-version</td>
<td>Override software version of the client with the provided value. Will change auto-updates behavior.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;override-version=2.3.0.8574</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;log-level</td>
<td>Minimal level of the log messages that should be recorded to log-file.</p>
<p>Allowed values:</p>
<p>none &#8211; fully disable logging</p>
<p>always</p>
<p>error</p>
<p>warning</p>
<p>info</p>
<p>debug</p>
<p>verbose</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;log-level=always</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-client-update</td>
<td>Disable client auto-update and update notifications.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-client-update</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;acs</td>
<td>ACS mode (for Paxton integrations and similar scenarios)</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;acs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;videowall</td>
<td>Start client in the primary videowall mode. Must contain GUID of the existing</p>
<p>Video Wall to work properly.</p>
<p>Requires valid &#8211;auth key without specified credentials.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;videowall={72934575-ceb7-54bb-23a0-84b81cf1d3f1}</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
&#8211;videowall-instance</td>
<td>Start client in the secondary videowall mode. Must contain the GUID of the existing Video Wall Item to work properly. Requires valid&#8211;videowall key. Requires valid &#8211;auth key without specified credentials.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;videowall-instance={8692e6e8-ceb7-54bb-23a0-84b81cf1d3f0}</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;light-mode</td>
<td>Start client in the light mode. Can contain &#8216;full&#8217; or a numeric value.</td>
<td>full</td>
<td>&#8211;light-mode=full</p>
<p>&#8211;light-mode=7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;customization</td>
<td>Start client with custom skin, loaded from the target folder.</p>
<p>Works only if the client is built with ENABLE_DYNAMIC_CUSTOMIZATION define.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;customization=e:\my_skin</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;instant-drop</td>
<td>Inner key to open files in the new window.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td><em>&#8211;instant-drop=&lt;base64-serialized-value&gt;</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;delayed-drop</td>
<td>Inner key to open cameras in the new window.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;delayed-drop=&lt;base64-serialized-value&gt;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;layout-name</td>
<td>Name of layout which will be opened after connection to server.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Some layout name&#8221;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;show-full-info</td>
<td>Display full info on cameras instead of the minimal.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;show-full-info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-hidpi</td>
<td>Disable hidpi support</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-hidpi</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Command Line Parameters for v3.2 and Older</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;dev-mode-key</td>
<td>Enables developer mode if the key is equal to “razrazraz”</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;dev-mode-key=razrazraz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;profiler</td>
<td>Switch client to the profiler mode.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;profiler</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;no-version-mismatch-check</td>
<td>Do not show a warning dialog if servers in the system have different versions.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-version-mismatch-check</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-vsync</td>
<td>Disable VSync. (May cause glitches.)</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-vsync</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;ec2-tran-log-level</td>
<td>Minimal level of the transactions log messages that should be recorded to log-file. Allowed values are the same as in &#8211;log-level key.</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>&#8211;ec2-tran-log-level=info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;exception-filters</td>
<td>Prefixes, that will be logged as verbose.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;exception-filters=dw::dws</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</p>
<p>This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and view archived video and export recorded video evidence to your local computer or to a removable media device. Contains the following sections: • View Live Video • Search/View Archive Video • Exporting Recorded Video</p>
<p>Note: Depending on your individual access rights, you may not be able to view all of the functionality documented in this guide.</p>
<p><a href="https://dw2020.s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com/_gendownloads/36577bd4-dc3b-41f0-ae47-dbc171c4653b/DW_QUS_DW%20Spectrum_3.2_Rev0818.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></p>
<p>How to Run DW Spectrum Client in a Limited GPU Environment</p>
<p><strong>Limited OpenGL 2.1 Support</strong></p>
<p>The DW Spectrum® Client application requires a computer with support for <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenGL#OpenGL_2.1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">OpenGL 2.1</a> or higher, whether on a virtual machine (VM) or an actual computer.  In most cases, this is not an issue.  However, if a user is utilizing a virtual machine (VMWare, VirtualBox) or a personal computer (PC) with limited graphics capability (or no GPU), OpenGL 2.1 may not be supported.  As a result, DW Spectrum® Client will not run.</p>
<p>To resolve this issue, an emulation of the necessary graphics to function through the CPU may allow the Client to run if the Server application is also installed on a computer using Windows x64 OS.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to emulate a GPU using a CPU on a WinOS x64-bit system.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**DISCLAIMER:  </strong>We do not recommend this method unless it is absolutely required.  Even then, please be aware that you will be performing this at your own risk.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Cube Series (WinOS)</li>
<li>DW Blackjack® Client Workstation Series (WinOS)</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Things to Consider</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When using this method, you will be transferring the computing load that would otherwise be directed to a GPU onto the CPU. This will cause the CPU usage to increase significantly.</li>
<li>We do not recommend using this method unless it is absolutely required.</li>
<li>Remember to close the DW Spectrum® Client application as soon as you are finished returning the CPU load to normal.</li>
<li>The hosting computer must be using a Windows x64-bit operating system.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Emulating a GPU Using a CPU</strong></p>
<p>To emulate a GPU:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download the <a href="https://github.com/pal1000/mesa-dist-win/files/2072235/mesa3d-gles-18.1.1.600-x64.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Open GL emulation library</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Extract the files “<strong>opengl32.dll</strong>” and “<strong>libglapi.dll</strong>” from the zipped/compressed folder.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Next, <strong>stop</strong> the <strong>Spectrum Media Server</strong> service.  To do so, you can <strong>right-click</strong> on the service in the Windows Service Tray, then select <strong>Stop Server (started)</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="213" class="wp-image-4353" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-49.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2021/06-04/04b78326-9b3b-46e0-baa6-dff8d4b5d6f2/image-20210604125050-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 114"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Once the Media Server has been stopped, open the computer’s <strong>File Explorer</strong> program and navigate to:</li>
</ol>
<p>C:\Program Files\Digital Watchdog\DW Spectrum\Client\&lt;version_number&gt;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  “&lt;<em>version_number</em>&gt;” (above) refers to the DW Spectrum® Client software version number.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Copy-and-paste</strong> the <strong>opengl32.dll</strong> and <strong>libglapi.dll</strong> files to this directory. Do not place them into any additional folders beyond this directory.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Start</strong> the <strong>Media Server</strong> from the Windows Service Tray.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Launch</strong> the <strong>DW Spectrum® Client</strong>.</p>
<p>The DW Spectrum Client application will now utilize the CPU for some of the graphical processing.  The processing load on the CPU of the host computer will increase as a result, so be sure to completely close the DW Spectrum® Client application when you are not actively using it.</p>
<p>Motion Smart Search In DW Spectrum IPVMS</p>
<p><strong>Motion Smart Search</strong></p>
<p>DW Spectrum’s <em>Motion Smart Search</em> feature is a useful tool that allows users to rapidly search video archives to discover segments of saved footage.  Rather than having to review long lengths of archived footage to find a specific moment, <em>Motion Smart Search</em> narrows down the saved video to a specified area in the camera’s field of vision and highlights the discovered segments in the <em>Timeline</em> during playback.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to use the <em>Motion Smart Search</em> feature of DW Spectrum for faster footage acquisition.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Using Smart Search</strong></p>
<p>To use the <em>Motion Smart Search </em>feature, you must be using a camera that supports motion recording (where both the primary and secondary video streams are active).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  It is recommended that the secondary stream be set to a resolution of 704&#215;480 or lower, with a frame rate no higher than 7 FPS.</p>
<p>If you are encountering issues with Motion Recording, check out <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/433-motion-recording-troubleshooting-dw-spectrum/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Motion Recording Troubleshooting (DW Spectrum)</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>To use the <em>Motion Smart Search</em> feature:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select your desired camera to display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Selecting from either the camera’s <em>Image Controls</em> toolbar or from the <em>Notifications Panel</em>, click on the <strong>Motion</strong> icon.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can <strong>right-click</strong> in the camera window and select <strong>Show Motion/Smart Search</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1430" height="633" class="wp-image-4354" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/06-24/2b1e1aa7-52d2-4660-8d79-2ceabf0b6d31/image-20200624151803-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 115" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50.png 1430w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50-300x133.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50-1024x453.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50-768x340.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50-1200x531.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1430px) 100vw, 1430px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Upon activating <em>Motion Smart Search</em>, a grid will overlay the camera area.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Click-and-drag</strong> to highlight a specific motion area in the grid.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1431" height="806" class="wp-image-4355" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1.jpeg" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/06-24/aa935d4a-3226-4cde-9c3e-bafc6538b589/image-20200624151803-2.jpeg" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 116" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1.jpeg 1431w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-1200x676.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1431px) 100vw, 1431px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>DW Spectrum will display preview frames the system’s search results.</li>
</ol>
<p>Additionally, in the <em>Timeline</em>, sections will be highlighted to indicate that motion was detected in the specified motion area.</p>
<p>Select from the previewed frames or click in the <em>Timeline</em> to begin playing the detected footage.</p>
<p>Reporting DW Spectrum Issues</p>
<p><strong>DW Spectrum® Issues</strong></p>
<p>This article will outline how to report operator issues with DW Spectrum® IPVMS.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Before Requesting Support</strong></p>
<p>Use the following resources to check for possible solutions:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/51-dw-spectrum-help-function/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Help Function</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/home/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Support Knowledge Base</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**Note:</strong>  It is recommended to use the latest version of DW Spectrum®.  If you are encountering operator issues and your firmware is outdated, consider updating to the latest build version.</p>
<p>The <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/section/52/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Support Knowledge Base</a> hosts release notes for recent updates.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Requesting Support</strong></p>
<p>Digital Watchdog Technical Support strives to provide quick and efficient assistance for issues that directly regard Digital Watchdog products.</p>
<p>Use the following guidelines to provide a concise outline of your issue so that our technicians may support you in an orderly fashion.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Submit One Support Request per Issue</strong></p>
<p>As our support team focuses on different Digital Watchdog products, features, and software, tracking the progress of individual issues becomes difficult when there is an overwhelming number of issues described in a single report.</p>
<p>If one issue appears to be interrelated with another issue, it may be worth mentioning.  However, please maintain a clear outline of a single issue, per request, if possible.</p>
<p>Once the issue has been identified by the technician, a recommended resolution may be provided.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**Note:</strong>  Open a support ticket with <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/contact-tech-support/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Technical Support</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Provide a Short and Clear Summary</strong></p>
<p>An ideal summary should be clear and as short as possible, but long enough to clarify the issue.  Provide a clear overview of the issue, the component where the issue is occurring (Server, Client, DW Cloud, mobile application), and what conditions the system was under when the problem started.</p>
<p>Please also provide details regarding any troubleshooting steps that have already been taken.  If troubleshooting has not already been performed, you may be tasked with performing recommended troubleshooting steps.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Environment</strong></p>
<p>Provide details about the environment that DW Spectrum® is running in.  This includes information such as what version/build of DW Spectrum® is being used, the operating systems being used, and the size of the System (a single server or multi-server/merged System).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Example:</p>
<ul>
<li>DW Spectrum® Version:  v4.1.0.31401</li>
<li>DW Spectrum® Client:  Mac OS 10.13</li>
<li>DW Spectrum® Server:  Windows 10</li>
<li>Network Topology:  Server is connected to cameras through a Wi-Fi router that is connected to a single PoE switch, with 10 cameras.</li>
<li>Special Features:  The mentioned PoE switch has an embedded firewall blocking UDP traffic.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Reproduction Scenario</strong></p>
<p>Describe any steps that you performed prior to the start of the problem.  The technician may need to try to reproduce the issue on their end to better understand what may be causing the issue.</p>
<p>Examples of this include upgrading firmware from a particular build, changing network hardware, applying specific settings in DW Spectrum®, etc.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Attachments</strong></p>
<p>Attachments can be quite helpful for technicians as they offer additional insight to the issue that you are experiencing.  Providing photos, screen recordings, or Sever Logs may help to reduce the wait time for a resolution to your issue.</p>
<p>Since attachments can be quite large to share, you may use a third party service like Google Drive or DropBox to provide your attachment.</p>
<p>Avoid sending compressed (.zip) files as we are less likely to open this file type for security reasons.  Instead, upload each file individually to the sharing application of choice so that your technician can check the file before opening or downloading it.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**Note:</strong>  DW Spectrum® (Windows version) has an in-client screen recording feature that you may use to capture a recording of your display as you see it.  Press <strong>Alt+R</strong> on the keyboard to start or stop this function.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Remote Assistance</strong></p>
<p>Issues are often system-specific and your technician may request remote access to your System to directly assist you with resolving the problem.</p>
<p>Frequently, Digital Watchdog Technical Support will ask for unattended <a href="https://www.teamviewer.com/en-us/download/windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">TeamViewer</a> access to investigate the issue directly.  We understand if this is not possible, but please be aware that this may delay the solution for your issue.  If you prefer to instead be present for the remote session, you may request one.</p>
<p>Additionally, the use of <a href="https://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">ONVIF Device Manager</a> and/or <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/550-using-wireshark-for-troubleshooting/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Wireshark</a> is commonly used for troubleshooting our most commonly reported issues.  It may be in your best interest to have these applications installed.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**Note:</strong>  DW Blackjack® Servers (Windows) will come with ONVIF Device Manager installed.  Most DW Blackjack® Series devices will come with TeamViewer installed as well.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-full-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 12 Aug 2023 09:48:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Antarvis VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FLIR Cloud Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LILIN Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVMS 2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ZKTeco]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=4059</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide, AntarVis2.0 is the professional software for the central management of the front end network monitoring ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/#more-4059" aria-label="Read more about ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide, AntarVis2.0 is the professional software for the central management of the front end network monitoring devices, including NVR, DVR, IPC, MDI, SDI and etc. It is to mainly fulfill the functions as real-time preview, video playback, E-map, alarm linkage, decoding on the wall, support the WEB access and mobile phone client access.</p>
<p>AntarVis2.0 program adopts independent setup package, which is easy for setup and contains the various basic functions for demand. It can be generally used for the small-sized project. Since VMS access data directly from device, the connection of one device with several clients has not been recommended for it intensifies tolerance capacity of device.</p>
<p>AntarVis2.0, our Video Management System, is a professional software for central management of the front-end network monitoring devices, including NVR, DVR, IPC, MDI, SDI, etc. It is to mainly fulfill functions such as real-time preview, video playback, E-map, alarm linkage, decoding on the wall, supporting WEB access and mobile phone client access.</p>
<p>The installation package of AntarVis2.0 is an independent executable file, which is easy to set up and contains various fundamental functions you may need. It can be generally used for small-sized projects.</p>
<p>AntarVis2.0 currently supports four protocols including active ZKTeco, ONVIF ,ZKTeco-P and P2P.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark24"></a> II. Program Overview</p>
<p>Setup overview, double click to run setup program to open setup wizard:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="350" class="wp-image-4060" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1.jpeg 752w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1-300x140.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Select setup language, then the program automatically recognizes the system language as default option; if other languages required setup, please select from the drop-down list. The initial program supports simplified Chinese and English. If you need other languages, please contact the distributor for translation; click on “OK” to confirm the setup language selected. Take simplified English as an</p>
<p>example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="774" class="wp-image-4061" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 2" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-300x232.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>Click on “Next”, then select the setup path:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="767" class="wp-image-4062" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 3" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 357" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-300x229.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-768x587.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>2 <a href="https://zkteco.eu/products/video-surveillance/software/antarvis-20" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Antarvis2.0</a> User Manual</p>
<p>System’s default path is C:\AntarVis_2.0. Users may modify the path as needed. Click on “Next” to continue:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="813" class="wp-image-4063" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 4" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 358" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4.jpeg 995w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-300x245.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-768x628.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></p>
<h2>ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/4005/nvms-2-installation-guide/">NVMS 2 Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/3975/lilin-client-user-guide/">LILIN Client Installation and User Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3581/flir-cloud-client-installation-and-user-guide/">FLIR Cloud Client installation and user guide</a>AntarVis2.0, our Video Management System, is a professional software for central management of the front-end network monitoring devices, including NVR, DVR, IPC, MDI, SDI, etc. It is to mainly fulfill functions such as real-time preview, video playback, E-map, alarm linkage, decoding on the wall, supporting WEB access and mobile phone client access.The installation package of AntarVis2.0 is an independent executable file, which is easy to set up and contains various fundamental functions you may need. It can be generally used for small-sized projects.
<p>AntarVis2.0 currently supports four protocols including active ZKTeco, ONVIF ,ZKTeco-P and P2P.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark24"></a> II. Program Overview</p>
<p>Setup overview, double click to run setup program to open setup wizard:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="350" class="wp-image-4179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 1 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1-1.jpeg 752w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1-1-300x140.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Select setup language, then the program automatically recognizes the system language as default option; if other languages required setup, please select from the drop-down list. The initial program supports simplified Chinese and English. If you need other languages, please contact the distributor for translation; click on “OK” to confirm the setup language selected. Take simplified English as an</p>
<p>example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="774" class="wp-image-4180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 2 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-1.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-1-300x232.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-1-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>Click on “Next”, then select the setup path:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="767" class="wp-image-4181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 3 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-1.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-1-300x229.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-1-768x587.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>2 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>System’s default path is C:\AntarVis_2.0. Users may modify the path as needed. Click on “Next” to continue:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="813" class="wp-image-4182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 4 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-1.jpeg 995w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-1-300x245.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-1-768x628.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></p>
<p>Click “Next” to confirm to create desktop shortcut, continue to complete setup (©<strong>note: </strong>computer already setup antivirus program may pop-up prompt; please select “allow” with no exception for the normal setup start of the program), the program runs as the setup completed, as shown in figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="213" height="53" class="wp-image-4183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-5-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 5 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 363"></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="287" class="wp-image-4184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 6 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6-1.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6-1-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<p><strong>Login</strong></p>
<p>Forgot password</p>
<p>Users may manually switch between languages. The initial user name is <strong>admin</strong>, and the initial password is <strong>123456</strong>. Enter the password, click on “Login”; if you have selected “Remember password”, you do not have to enter the password and the program automatically logs in as “Auto login”. The function of automatic login can be canceled in local configuration. When you forget the password, click on &#8220;Forgot password&#8221; to get a temporary key for the supplier to help you get a temporary password. Below is the main interface of the program:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1726" height="1074" class="wp-image-4185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 7 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 365" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1.jpeg 1726w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-1024x637.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-1536x956.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-1200x747.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1726px) 100vw, 1726px" /></p>
<p>1) Display current user, user rights, current time, consumption of CPU memory and real-time</p>
<p>network data flow; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="76" class="wp-image-4186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-8-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 8 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 366"></p>
<p>to log out.</p>
<p>2) Display real-time alarm messages and event messages; double-click on the alarm message to</p>
<p>open the preview of the current alarm channel for users to view alarm in real-time manner.</p>
<p>3)</p>
<p>The functions in the toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="95" class="wp-image-4187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-9-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 9 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 367"></p>
<p>, from left to right, are: clear alarm/event message, close</p>
<p>sound/open sound.</p>
<p>4)</p>
<p>The functions in the toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="263" height="95" class="wp-image-4188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-10-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 10 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 368"></p>
<p>, from left to right, are: stay window, window max,</p>
<p>hide window.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark27"></a> 1. Device Management</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark31"></a> Add a Device</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on “Device management” on the main interface.</p>
<p>This interface displays relevant information of all devices added to VMS, including device type, protocol type and online and offline status; click on “Add device” at the top right corner, the “add device” interface will then pop up:</p>
<p>4 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1303" height="461" class="wp-image-4189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 11 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 369" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1.jpeg 1303w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1-300x106.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1-1024x362.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1-768x272.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1-1200x425.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1303px) 100vw, 1303px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1144" height="879" class="wp-image-4190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 12 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 370" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1.jpeg 1144w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1-1024x787.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1-768x590.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1144px) 100vw, 1144px" /></p>
<p>Select a protocol. ZKTeco protocol is an independently developed protocol of our company. Front-end devices should support ZKTeco protocol. ZKTeco’s front-end devices currently used for shipping basically supports this protocol. The ZKTeco-P protocol is the protocol used by PTZ domes.ONVIF protocol is the joint ownership protocol for access to third-party devices that support this protocol.</p>
<p>Select the protocols as needed, it is to click on “Search” to search for online devices in the LAN. Take ZKTeco protocol as an example:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1707" height="1066" class="wp-image-4191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 13 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 371" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1.jpeg 1707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1707px) 100vw, 1707px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1839" height="1195" class="wp-image-4192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 14 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 372" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1.jpeg 1839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-1024x665.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-768x499.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-1536x998.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-1200x780.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1839px) 100vw, 1839px" /></p>
<p>©<strong>Note: </strong>devices displayed in gray are those devices that have been added to the device list; click on “IP address” to sort them according to the IP address of the devices.</p>
<p>Select the device to be added, click on the “Select” button, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1074" height="806" class="wp-image-4193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 15 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 373" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1.jpeg 1074w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1-768x576.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1074px) 100vw, 1074px" /></p>
<p>Device Name: define by the user as needed.</p>
<p>User Name: user name of the device.</p>
<p>Password: password of the device.</p>
<p>Enter correct user name and password to add the corresponding device into the device list. Also, the front end using the ZKTeco protocol does not require a password. (©<strong>Note: </strong>for safety consideration,</p>
<p>6 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>Devices using the ONVIF protocol,the password can’t be retrieved and the password of the device needs to be manually filled in; no password filled in or wrong password will lead to add log-in failure.) Fast match function means when there are multiple devices with the same username and password, choose fast match, then you just need to input the username and password for one time.</p>
<p>After adding the equipment, the interface is as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1822" height="1136" class="wp-image-4194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 16 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 374" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1.jpeg 1822w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-1024x638.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-1536x958.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-1200x748.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1822px) 100vw, 1822px" /></p>
<p>We can edit and delete devices, call remote configuration and modify channel names here. The remote configuration is only supported by ZKTeco protocol; calling the remote configuration can view or modify related parameters of the front-end device. Modifying the channel name is only supported by ZKTeco protocol; It is quick and convenient to modify channel name of the front-end device .</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark33"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark35"></a> Add a Decoder</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="110" class="wp-image-4195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-17-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 17 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 375"></p>
<p><strong>□□□</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□o</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□a</strong></p>
<p>Control</p>
<p>panel</p>
<p>Device CenterB Decoder Group</p>
<p><strong>_ »</strong></p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>Layout Storage Dec Group</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="186" height="111" class="wp-image-4196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-18-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 18 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 376"></p>
<p><strong>Decoder name Decoder type</strong></p>
<p>User: admin B <sup>CPU: 10%</sup> “■</p>
<p>. . &#8230; Memory: 72%</p>
<p>Right: administrator ..</p>
<p>Up. UKd/o</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:42:25 Down&#8217; *|KB/S</p>
<p><strong>IP address</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="549" height="71" class="wp-image-4197" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 19 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 377" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19-1.jpeg 549w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19-1-300x39.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /></p>
<p>0 records, 1/1 page</p>
<p>First Previous Next Last</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>-*• B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:39:15</td>
<td></td>
<td>The device added failed</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:09:58</td>
<td></td>
<td>IP, port, device name and user name could not be empty</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Switch to decoder interface. This interface, which is similar to that to add a device, displays all</p>
<p>decoders added to the server at present and the online and offline status of the decoders. The added</p>
<p>decoders can be edited and deleted; in case of adding a new decode, click on the</p>
<p>Add Decoder</p>
<p>button in the top right corner:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1088" height="876" class="wp-image-4198" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 20 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 378" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1.jpeg 1088w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1-300x242.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1-1024x824.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1-768x618.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1088px) 100vw, 1088px" /></p>
<p>Click on “Search” to search for all online decoders in the LAN; similarly, the decoder added to the</p>
<p>8 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>decoder list will display in gray and can not be added again:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1810" height="969" class="wp-image-4199" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 21 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 379" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1.jpeg 1810w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-1024x548.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-768x411.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-1536x822.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-1200x642.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1810px) 100vw, 1810px" /></p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>□ All/Not all | Search Stop Fast Match Add batchly</p>
<p>Select a decoder to be added, click on “Select”:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="921" height="813" class="wp-image-4200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 22 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 380" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-1.jpeg 921w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-1-300x265.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-1-768x678.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 921px) 100vw, 921px" /></p>
<p><strong>Decoder Name: </strong>users may define and modify the name as needed.</p>
<p><strong>User Name: </strong>the default setting is admin.</p>
<p><strong>Password: </strong>the default setting is null.</p>
<p>When it is completed, click on “Save” to add the decoder to the server; in case you want to add a group of decoders, select multiple decoders on the search interface, fill in the right password, click on “Add batchly” to add multiple devices with one key.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 9</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark38"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark39"></a> Channel Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Group” in the device management module, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1157" class="wp-image-4201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 23 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 381" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<p>Click on “+” button to add group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1606" height="507" class="wp-image-4202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 24 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 382" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1.jpeg 1606w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-1024x323.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-768x242.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-1536x485.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-1200x379.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1606px) 100vw, 1606px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the group name, click on “Save” to create the group; when it is succeeded, select the device</p>
<p>channel on the left, then select a group on the right, click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="232" height="107" class="wp-image-4203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-25-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 25 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 383"></p>
<p>button to add the</p>
<p>relevant channels to the corresponding group; the actual application of grouping will be described</p>
<p>in the preview module. When adding is completed, the interface will look like below:</p>
<p>10 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong><em>ZKT^</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ □□□</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td><strong>_ *</strong></p>
<p>Device management</td>
<td colspan="3">User: admin &amp; <sup>CPU: 2%</sup> — —&#8217;</p>
<p>_. . . . . . . . Memory: 63%</p>
<p>Right: administrator <sub>Up;</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:58:14 Down: 2KB/S</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Device Center Decoder</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td colspan="2">Layout Storage Dec Group</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">‘ ■ ft CMS</p>
<p>■&lt; ■ ®NVR_192.168.0.218</p>
<ul>
<li>¥ CH1</li>
<li>df CH2</li>
<li>&gt;CH3</li>
<li>? CH4</li>
</ul>
<p>* ■•IPC_192.168.0.101</p>
<p>» ■ *»IPC_192.168.0.188</td>
<td>+</p>
<p>*</p>
<p>*</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>s»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH1</li>
<li>«»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH2</li>
</ul>
<p>‘ BM2</p>
<ul>
<li>e»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH3</li>
<li>®»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH4</li>
<li>e?IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01</li>
<li>«WPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</li>
</ul>
</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval of preview roll 30 ‘ seconds] save</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Alarm Event ■&lt; 4»</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>-H n</strong></p>
<p>Messages</td>
<td><strong>IB</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2018-12-0715:57:45</td>
<td colspan="4">Add channel success!|IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01]</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2018-12-07 15:57:45</td>
<td colspan="4">Add channel success![IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01]</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Similarly, check the channel in the group and click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="246" height="103" class="wp-image-4204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-26-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 26 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 384"></p>
<p>to remove the channel from the</p>
<p>group.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark41"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark43"></a> Layout</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Layout” in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><strong><em>ZKT^</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □ □□ OOÛ</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>User: admin &amp; CPU: 4%</p>
<p>„ . . .. Memory: 70%</p>
<p><strong>Right: </strong>administrator <sub>Up</sub>. <sub>H8|&lt;B;S</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:59:20 Down* 31^3/5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="28" class="wp-image-4205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-27-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 27 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 385"></p>
<p>Device Center Decoder Group I Layout Storage Dec Group</p>
<p>Add Layout</p>
<p><strong>No.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Layout Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dwell Times(s)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Window Count</strong></p>
<p><strong>Division Type</strong></p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p>0 records, 1/1 page</p>
<p>First Previous Next Last</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>n «</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:57:45</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add channel success! [IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01]</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-0715:57:45</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add channel success![IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01]</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click on the button “Add layout”, then the system will pop up this window:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1725" height="1059" class="wp-image-4206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 28 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 386" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1.jpeg 1725w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-1024x629.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-1536x943.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-1200x737.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1725px) 100vw, 1725px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the name of a layout, select the number of split screens as needed. Types of split screen include standard split and wide-screen split, among which, pictures under ordinary split screen and wide-screen are displayed in 16:9 and 1:1, respectively; select the duration of stay from Dwell option. and then drag the channel for layout. Take 6 split screens as an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1713" height="1047" class="wp-image-4207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 29 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 387" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1.jpeg 1713w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-1024x626.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-1536x939.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1713px) 100vw, 1713px" /></p>
<p>Click on “New” or “Save” to complete layout settings. Then, the saved layout information shall be</p>
<p>displayed on the right side:</p>
<p>12 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1772" height="1081" class="wp-image-4208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 30 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 388" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1.jpeg 1772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-1024x625.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-1536x937.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-1200x732.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1772px) 100vw, 1772px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the existing layout to edit the layout. Applications of the layout function are further elaborated in the preview module.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark46"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark44"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark45"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark47"></a> Storage Server</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Storage” in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><em>ZKTecü</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□□</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□O □□□</strong></p>
<p>Control</p>
<p>panel</p>
<p>— *</p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>User: admin G» <sup>CPU: 8%</sup></p>
<p>_. . . . ■ ■ . Memory: 71%</p>
<p><strong>Right </strong>ad<sub>ml</sub>n<sub>ls</sub>t<sub>r</sub>atar <sub>Up;</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 16:15:30 Down* 3KB/S</p>
<p>Device Center Decoder Group</p>
<p>Layout I Storage Dec Group</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Alarm Event &lt; 4)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Serial</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Param</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm State H</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 16:14&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B3F00020BDF00004624</td>
<td>4</td>
<td></td>
<td>NVR_192.168.0.218-CH4</td>
<td>Stop Alarm <strong>H</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-0716:14&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B810002ADBF0000BA47</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</td>
<td>Stop Alarm <strong>SB</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>This page displays relevant information of the storage server, including the server name, server</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 13</p>
<p>address and used space of the hard disk drive. Click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="95" class="wp-image-4209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-31-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 31 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 389"></p>
<p>to set a storage server, as</p>
<p>shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1713" height="1207" class="wp-image-4210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 32 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 390" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1.jpeg 1713w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-1024x722.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-1536x1082.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-1200x846.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1713px) 100vw, 1713px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the blank area of the RecPlan on the left side, then add a channel to the storage server;</p>
<p>when it is done, select the channel to set the RecPlan.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1559" height="1101" class="wp-image-4211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 33 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 391" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1.jpeg 1559w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-1536x1085.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1559px) 100vw, 1559px" /></p>
<p>14 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1605" height="1133" class="wp-image-4212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 34 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 392" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1.jpeg 1605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-1536x1084.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1605px) 100vw, 1605px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1733" height="1223" class="wp-image-4213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 35 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 393" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1.jpeg 1733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-1536x1084.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1733px) 100vw, 1733px" /></p>
<p>RecPlan has a default whole-day template and a working day template. In case of the need of other RecPlan templates, click on “User Template” to add those you need; start to record as the RecPlan set. Yellow arrow in the figure shows the recording status of the channel. Red means the channel is working; blue means the otherwise.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 15</p>
<p>There are four kinds of recording modes, including timing &amp; alarm recording, timing recording, alarm recording and stop recording, among which, timing &amp; alarm recording refers to the timing plus alarm recording, i.e. timing recording runs if no alarm recording has been triggered, while alarm recording runs as an alarm has been triggered; timing recording refers to only time stamps you set; alarm recording means record starts when an alarm is triggered; and stop recording means do not record at all.</li>
<li>Pre-record and time delay function are only available in two modes: timing &amp; alarm recording and alarm recording, particularly the alarm recording; copy to channel refers to copy the RecPlan of certain channel to other channel that already added to the storage server; advanced setting can set up different partitions of disk for recording while some others do not; the default setting is that other disks can be used for recording besides the system disk. Click on “Save” to make the settings effective as the configuration completed.
<p>In case the channel added to the storage server shall be modified, right-click on the channel added to add a channel, delete single channel and delete all channels; click on “Save” when the configuration completed and recording starts.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark50"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark51"></a> Decoding Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the “Dec Group” interface in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1150" class="wp-image-4214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 36 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 394" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>16 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>The operation configuration method of this group is similar to the preview group mentioned above, except that this group is used for intra-group patrol on the decoder. For details, please refer to the introduction of the decoding management module in the following section.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark54"></a> 2. Preview</p>
<p>Click “Preview” on the main interface to enter the preview module:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1153" class="wp-image-4215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 37 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 395" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-1536x961.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-1200x751.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>As shown in the figure, the device list is on the left side, displaying all devices added currently and the online and offline status of device. PTZ control interface and video parameter control interface are on the right side. Below the video parameter control interface is the split screen switch button, with which, user may manually switch the number of split screens according to the actual demand.</li>
<li>Split screen modes include standard split and wide-screen split, corresponding to different window scales. The differences between them have been elaborated in the layout module, thus no further introduction now. Besides the regular kinds of split screens, there are several special-shaped splits for customers to select corresponding numbers as needed.
<p>Double-click on the device list on the left side or drag the channel to the window opens the preview window of the device channel. Opened channels video will play on the corresponding panels.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 17</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1144" class="wp-image-4216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 38 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 396" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>the green triangle on the left-top of the picture above shows that this channel is in preview; the buttons yellow arrows point to shows the local recording status of channels. White □ shows that this channel is turned off.</p>
<p>As for local recording, blue</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="65" class="wp-image-4217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-39-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 39 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 397"></p>
<p>indicates that local recording is turned on in this channel and</p>
<p>is working. Right-click on the channel to turn local recording on or off.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark57"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark56"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark58"></a> Device/Right-Click Function of Channel</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark59"></a> Open all stream</li>
</ol>
<p>Open devices’ stream with one key. You may open stream of a maximum of 64 channels each time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark60"></a> Close all preview</li>
</ol>
<p>Close all previews that the current device has activated with one key.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark61"></a> Open record</li>
</ol>
<p>Open local recording of this channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark62"></a> Open intercom</li>
</ol>
<p>Open intercom of PC and the device.</p>
<p>18 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark65"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark66"></a> Preview Window Toolbar</li>
</ol>
<p>On Preview panels, there is a row of shortcuts above the preview window as indicated in the figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1143" class="wp-image-4218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 40 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 398" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-1536x958.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p>1)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="65" class="wp-image-4219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-41-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 41 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 399"></p>
<p>represents the channel intercom switch; click on it to enable or disable intercom of PC and</p>
<p>thischannel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark67"></a> □ represents the device recording switch; click on it to enable or disable local recording of this channel; blue icon □ indicates that the feature is activated, while white icon □ indicates</li>
</ol>
<p>that the feature is not activated.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark68"></a> LU represents the capture button; click on it to take a snapshot of the current display of this</li>
</ol>
<p>channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark69"></a> represents the audio preview switch; click on it to turn the audio on or off. indicates it is off; indicates it is on.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark70"></a> 0 represents the button to quit preview; click on it to close the current preview of this channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 19</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark72"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark74"></a> Preview Function Button</li>
</ol>
<p>There is a toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="75" class="wp-image-4220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 42 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 400" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42-1.jpeg 317w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42-1-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p>on the lower right side of the preview interface, among which:</p>
<p>represents the capture button; select a preview window, then click on this button to take a</p>
<p>snapshot of the display;</p>
<p>represents the full-screen button, click on it to switch between the selected window and the</p>
<p>full-screen mode;</p>
<p>represents the on/off button for UTC function; click to enable the UTC function. Please note</p>
<p>that this feature requires a front-end equipment to operate;</p>
<p>4)</p>
<p>3D</p>
<p>represents the on/off button for 3D positioning; click to enable the 3D positioning function.</p>
<p>Please note that this feature requires a front-end equipment and 18H protocol to operate;</p>
<p>to close all preview windows opened at present.</p>
<p>□ All □ Rule □ Result</p>
<p>B^^B^^^B^^^^Hcheck boxes are for Intelligent detection, intelligent detection supported<br />
by front-end devices includes NVR and IPC. When it is used, the setup intelligent rule will be</p>
<p>displayed in the preview screen. If a target triggers the intelligent alarm, the target triggering the</p>
<p>alarm will be displayed in the preview screen.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark75"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark78"></a> Device Grouping Patrol</li>
</ol>
<p>To add two or more groups. For details, please see ”Group“ for specific operation under the section</p>
<p>Device Management”. When a group is created, you may switch to the group page on the preview</p>
<p>interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>20 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1144" class="wp-image-4221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 43 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 401" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the selected group to operate “Start Patrol” and “Stop Patrol” functions. Time intervals between patrols can be set up in the local configuration module, which will be illustrated below. The default interval is 30 seconds.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark81"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark80"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark82"></a> Device Layout Patrol</li>
</ol>
<p>To add two or more layouts. For details, please refer to the paragraph “Layout” under the section “Device Management”. When a layout is created, you may switch to the layout page on the preview interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 21</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1762" height="1065" class="wp-image-4222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 44 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 402" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1.jpeg 1762w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-1024x619.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-1536x928.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-1200x725.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1762px) 100vw, 1762px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the selected layout to open the preview of this layout with one key. Select “Start Patrol” to start the patrol function among several layouts. The interval between patrols can be set up when the layout is set up. Click on “Stop all” to stops the patrol function or close the current preview.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark86"></a> PTZ</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark90"></a> PTZ Control</li>
</ol>
<p>Users may adjust rotation of the camera in 8 directions, including up, down, left, right, upper left,</p>
<p>lower left, upper right and lower right. “Zoom” means that users may zoom in or out and adjust the</p>
<p>visual angle; “Focus” helps adjust the focal length of the camera to ensure the clearness of the</p>
<p>picture; the enlargement and narrowing of the aperture ensures the brightness and depth of field of</p>
<p>the picture; the setting of the PTZ control speed can adjust the rotation speed of the speed dome</p>
<p>camera. Click on “AUTO”, the speed dome camera automatically starts scanning. Please see the</p>
<p>following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="663" height="406" class="wp-image-4223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 45 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 403" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45-1.jpeg 663w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45-1-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 663px) 100vw, 663px" /></p>
<p>22 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark94"></a> Preset, Cruise and Track</li>
</ol>
<p>Preset: <sup>2</sup> 0 <sup>Z X|</sup></p>
<p>Cruise: 5 <sup>T</sup> ✓ X|</p>
<p>Trade 3 ▼ -») ✓ XI</p>
<p>1) Preset: the rotation of the PTZ camera requires the setting of the direction of the preset. Click</p>
<p>on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="84" class="wp-image-4224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-46-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 46 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 404"></p>
<p>to set up the preset. A maximum of 255 presets can be set up. To adjust the presets,</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>select the preset to be adjusted, click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="79" class="wp-image-4225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-47-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 47 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 405"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p>Cruise: as the preset settings are done, click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="84" class="wp-image-4226" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-48-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 48 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 406"></p>
<p>maximum of 255 cruise paths can be set; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="79" class="wp-image-4227" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-49-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 49 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 407"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="83" class="wp-image-4228" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-50-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 50 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 408"></p>
<p>to delete the preset.</p>
<p>to edit and set the cruise path. A</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="84" class="wp-image-4229" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-51-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 51 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 409"></p>
<p>to delete the</p>
<p>selected cruise path.</p>
<p>3)</p>
<p>Track: click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="84" class="wp-image-4230" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-52-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 52 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 410"></p>
<p>to edit and set the track; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="80" class="wp-image-4231" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-53-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 53 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 411"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="84" class="wp-image-4232" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-54-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 54 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 412"></p>
<p>to delete</p>
<p>the track set.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark97"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark98"></a> Picture Parameters</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As the preview opened, parameters of the pictures can be adjusted; the adjustment here will not affect the front-end parameters of IPC but the display effect of the picture in the client-end. Please</p>
<p>see the following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="664" height="217" class="wp-image-4233" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 55 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 413" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55-1.jpeg 664w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55-1-300x98.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 664px) 100vw, 664px" /></p>
<p>Users may adjust the relevant parameters, namely brightness and contrast, as needed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark99"></a> Preview Digital Zoom</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As the preview interface opened, select a corresponding window and then scroll the mouse wheel to adjust digital zoom-in and zoom-out of the current picture.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 23</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark105"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark104"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark106"></a> Preview Multi-screen Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You may access multiple modules in the preview module. Each of them is independent. If the user&#8217;s monitor supports multi-screen mode output, you may use the multi-screen display feature. Considering the actual situation, the maximum preview module to be opened can be restricted to 5. For instance, when you have opened two preview modules, you may drag one of them out with the same operations as dragging the module to another monitoring screen, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1846" height="572" class="wp-image-4234" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 56 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 414" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1.jpeg 1846w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-300x93.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-1024x317.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-768x238.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-1536x476.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-1200x372.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1846px) 100vw, 1846px" /></p>
<p>The monitoring screen on the left is the primary screen; while that on the right is the complementary screen. The operations of preview between two screens doesn’t influence each other; closing the complementary screen will not affect the primary screen, however, the complementary screen will be closed if the primary screen is closed.</li>
<li>Users may select the number of preview screens to be opened as needed. For instance, one screen can be selected to open Cruise and display independently in one monitor, meanwhile, another screen can carry out the operations of temporary preview, monitoring and intercom.
<p>24 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark110"></a> Video Playback</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Playback” button on the main interface to enter the video playback module:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="38" class="wp-image-4235" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 57 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 415" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57-1.jpeg 154w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57-1-150x38.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 154px) 100vw, 154px" /></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="35" class="wp-image-4236" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-58-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 58 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 416"></p>
<p>Preview</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="139" height="111" class="wp-image-4237" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-59-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 59 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 417"></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □□□ ooo</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>User: admin B</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 10:40:15</p>
<p>CPU: 19%</p>
<p>Memory: 69%</p>
<p>Up: 11 KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 794KB/S</p>
<p>Device Localhost ^Storage</p>
<p><sup>J</sup> ■ ■ Local_Storager</p>
<ul>
<li>&lt;¥NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>&lt;&gt;NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>^NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>&lt;TNVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>e»IPC_192.168.0.1S</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1544" height="784" class="wp-image-4238" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 60 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 418" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1.jpeg 1544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-1024x520.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-768x390.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-1536x780.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-1200x609.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1544px) 100vw, 1544px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event | &lt; 4»</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>B W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 10:13:26</td>
<td>Recording Plan Save Success</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 10:13:19</td>
<td>Recording Plan Save Success</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark113"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark111"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark114"></a> Video Search</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select a device channel where the video to be played from the device tree on the left. Please note that only videos in the same device or same storage server can be played simultaneously, and at most 9 channels can be selected each time.</li>
<li>Select the storage path of the video on the left, select the stream type of the video to be played in the column of “stream type”, and select the date on the calendar, click on “video search”, then the system will starts to search for the relevant video(s) and display the search results on the search result panel.</li>
<li>Video path includes “device”, “local” and “storage”, among which, the device video refers to the video stored in the hard disk or the SD card of the front-end device, local video refers to the video stored in the PC of the client server and the storage video refers to the video stores in the storage server.</li>
<li>The stream type includes main stream and sub stream. When a customer opens dual stream in the course of recording, relevant videos can be searched for as needed. The search result will be shown as below:
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 25</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1783" height="1101" class="wp-image-4239" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 61 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 419" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1.jpeg 1783w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-1024x632.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-1536x948.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-1200x741.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1783px) 100vw, 1783px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark115"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark116"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark118"></a> Video Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="107" class="wp-image-4240" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-62-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 62 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 420"></p>
<p>on the interface to start playing or pause; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="98" height="101" class="wp-image-4241" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-63-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 63 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 421"></p>
<p>to stop playing. Place the</p>
<p>cursor on the video bar and scroll the mouse wheel to enlarge or reduce the scale of the video</p>
<p>bar. Double-click on the video bar to play, and double-click in the timeline of playback to switch the</p>
<p>time stamps for playback, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1773" height="1092" class="wp-image-4242" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 64 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1.jpeg 1773w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-1024x631.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-1536x946.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-1200x739.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1773px) 100vw, 1773px" /></p>
<p>26 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>During playback in several channels, select certain windows, double left-click to switch the window into full screen; place the mouse on certain window, scroll the mouse wheel to operate digital enlargement of this window.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark121"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark122"></a> Video File Download</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="100" class="wp-image-4243" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-65-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 65 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 423"></p>
<p>button on the interface to enter the download interface of the video file, as shown</p>
<p>below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1613" height="939" class="wp-image-4244" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 66 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 424" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1.jpeg 1613w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-1536x894.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-1200x699.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1613px) 100vw, 1613px" /></p>
<p>Select the video location(including device videos and storage server videos), channel, range of recording time file save path in proper order, click on the “Start” button to start downloading. When the progress reaches 100%, download is completed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark125"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark126"></a> Toolbar Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Among the functional buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="849" height="94" class="wp-image-4245" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 67 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 425" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-1.jpeg 849w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-1-300x33.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-1-768x85.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></p>
<p>on the interface,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="83" class="wp-image-4246" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-68-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 68 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 426"></p>
<p>represents frame play; click on the button to play the selected video frame by frame, and one</p>
<p>frame will be played for each click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="83" class="wp-image-4247" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-69-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 69 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 427"></p>
<p>represents audio switch, which can turn on/ off the audio</p>
<p>of playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="83" class="wp-image-4248" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-70-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 70 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 428"></p>
<p>represents play speed adjustment buttons, with which, users may</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 27</p>
<p>n</p>
<p>adjust the play speed between 1/16X and 16X.</p>
<p>represents the capture button; click on this</p>
<p>button to take a snapshot during playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="82" class="wp-image-4249" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-71-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 71 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 429"></p>
<p>represents the full-screen button; click to switch to</p>
<p>full-screen (right-click to exit the full-screen mode).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="84" class="wp-image-4250" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-72-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 72 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 430"></p>
<p>represents window-split buttons;</p>
<p>users may manually switch the display to single screen, 4 screens and 9 screens as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="556" height="84" class="wp-image-4251" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 73 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 431" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73-1.jpeg 556w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73-1-300x45.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></p>
<p>represents the starting time and ending time; As for certain play</p>
<p>point, select the starting or ending time to add a sign on the video bar. When the starting or ending time is selected, click on “Download” to rapidly download the video between the two tags to facilitate further operations.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark128"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark130"></a> Map Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on “Map configuration” on the main interface to enter the map configuration module, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1134" class="wp-image-4252" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 74 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 432" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-1536x946.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-1200x739.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark133"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark131"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark134"></a> Add a Map</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Right-click on the signed place in the figure, select “Add map”, pop up the window:</p>
<p>28 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1598" height="417" class="wp-image-4253" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 75 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 433" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1.jpeg 1598w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-1024x267.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-768x200.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-1536x401.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-1200x313.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1598px) 100vw, 1598px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the name, select a picture, click on “OK” to add a map, then several maps is added; meanwhile, sub-map can be added under the map has been added, as shown in figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1843" height="1134" class="wp-image-4254" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 76 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 434" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1.jpeg 1843w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-1536x945.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-1200x738.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1843px) 100vw, 1843px" /></p>
<p>The map opened will be indicated in yellow for differentiation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="595" height="275" class="wp-image-4255" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 77 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 435" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77-1.jpeg 595w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77-1-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark135"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark138"></a> Right-Click on Map Tree</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark139"></a> Add map: add a new map.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark140"></a> Delete map: delete the selected map.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark141"></a> Add child map: add a child map under the current map list. You may add several or multi-level</li>
</ol>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 29</p>
<p>sub-maps for each map. When a sub-map is added, drag the sub-map to the main map to</p>
<p>complete association and the sub-map shall be displayed in the main map as the icon</p>
<p>Double-click on the icon in the main map to switch to the corresponding sub-map; and click on</p>
<p>the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="101" height="84" class="wp-image-4256" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-78-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 78 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 436"></p>
<p>button in the sub-map to return to the main map.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark142"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark145"></a> Map Deployment</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Drag the device channel or alarm input from the lower-left to the map, then the deployment will be completed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1835" height="1119" class="wp-image-4257" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 79 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 437" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1.jpeg 1835w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-1024x624.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-768x468.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-1536x937.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-1200x732.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1835px) 100vw, 1835px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>as the channel has been dragged to the map, the position shall be adjusted by dragging it again; right-click on the deployed channel to select or delete an icon (bullet/ dome/ PTZ). Place the cursor on the map, scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in/out the map. The channel deployed to the map shall not be dragged repeatedly. Place the mouse on the deployed channel to view the channel information.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark147"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark149"></a> Map Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Map” button on the main interface to enter the map management module as shown</p>
<p>30 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1836" height="1121" class="wp-image-4258" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 80 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 438" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1.jpeg 1836w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-1024x625.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-1536x938.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1836px) 100vw, 1836px" /></p>
<p>Double-click on the map to view the map configured and deployed channel. The relevant configuration and modification cannot be executed on the map. Right-click on the channel deployed on the map to allow preview and playback of the corresponding channel. Users, in the actual applications, may swiftly call the preview and playback of the corresponding channel according to the map, which makes the operation clearer and easier. When an alarm is triggered and the associated channel is deployed on the map, the channel icon on the map will turn into red.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark152"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark153"></a> Decoder Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Decoder configuration” button on the main interface to enter the decoder configuration module:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 31</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1839" height="1128" class="wp-image-4259" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 81 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 439" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1.jpeg 1839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1839px) 100vw, 1839px" /></p>
<p>The module shows the TV wall scheme currently set and the enabled status of the scheme. In terms of the existing TV wall scheme, you may operate “modify”, “delete” and “disable/enable”. Click on “Add TV wall” button in the top right corner to add new TV wall schemes, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1173" class="wp-image-4260" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 82 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 440" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-1024x652.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-768x489.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-1536x978.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-1200x764.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>32 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark157"></a> Layout Setting</li>
</ol>
<p>Set a TV wall layout, fill in the relevant information here:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1172" class="wp-image-4261" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 83 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 441" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-1024x652.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-768x489.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-1536x977.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-1200x764.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark158"></a> Matrix layout setting: user cab set the matrix layout as actually needed, maximally support 8&#215;8 layout; when a layout is selected, click on “Set” to make the changes effective.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark159"></a> Fill in the name of TV wall scheme; users may customize the name of the TV wall scheme as needed (©<strong>Note: </strong>the name will not be modified as defined).</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark160"></a> TV wall scheme description: users may describe the scheme for differentiation, optional.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark161"></a> TV wall splice: users may set the TV wall as splice mode or non-splice mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>As completed, click on “Next step”.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark162"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark165"></a> Screen Input Binding</li>
</ol>
<p>Drag the decoder added to the layout set, as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 33</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1771" height="1018" class="wp-image-4262" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 84 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 442" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1.jpeg 1771w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-1024x589.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-768x441.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-1536x883.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-1200x690.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1771px) 100vw, 1771px" /></p>
<p>On this interface, users may set the layout and associate the decoder to the TV wall matrix layout according to different situations. To complete settings, click on “Finish”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="149" height="60" class="wp-image-4263" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-85-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 85 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 443"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="33" class="wp-image-4264" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-86-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 86 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 444"></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □□□ DOO</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>Decoder<br />
configuration</p>
<p>User: admin G»</p>
<p><strong>Right: </strong>administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:10:10</p>
<p>CPU: 11% İJ.E3.</p>
<p><strong>Memory: </strong>65%</p>
<p>Up: 13KB/S</p>
<p><strong>Down: </strong>522KB/S</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1756" height="751" class="wp-image-4265" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 87 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 445" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1.jpeg 1756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-1024x438.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-768x328.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-1536x657.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-1200x513.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1756px) 100vw, 1756px" /></p>
<p>2018-12-08 10:50:18</p>
<p>Channels should be in the same device</p>
<p><strong>Messages</strong></p>
<p>Channels should be less than9</p>
<p>After finishing the settings, the saved TV wall will be seen on the decoder configuration interface and can be edited, deleted and disabled/enabled.</p>
<p>If the configuration shall be enabled as the setting completed, select “Enable this configuration immediately”, then click on the “Finish” button below. If you do not want to enable the setting, directly click on “Finish” to exit. As the setting is completed, this configuration scheme will be displayed in the decoder configuration list.</p>
<p>34 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark167"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark169"></a> Decoder Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Decoder” button on the main interface to enter the decoder management module, as shown below:</p>
<p>User: admin G»</p>
<p>Hııjlıt Admin</p>
<p>CPU: 53%</p>
<p>Memory: 40%</p>
<p>rime: 2018-08-31 10:51:46</p>
<p>^NVR_192.168.130.188-CH<br />
«T NVR_192.168.130.188-Ch<br />
e»NVR 192,188.130,188-CH</p>
<p>Firstly, drop-down the check box in the signed place of the figure to select TV wall. All rules set and enabled will be shown in this box. Select a scheme.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark173"></a> Decoding Mode Selection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have selected a scheme, please set the decoding mode of the decoder to ensure normal decoding. The decoding mode is relevant to the decoder and varies according to different decoders, and the decoding mode is the expression of the decoding capability of the decoder. Click on</p>
<p>the button in the figure, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1278" height="489" class="wp-image-4266" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 88 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 446" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1.jpeg 1278w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1-1024x392.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1-768x294.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1-1200x459.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1278px) 100vw, 1278px" /></p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 35</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1756" height="1058" class="wp-image-4267" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 89 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 447" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1.jpeg 1756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-1024x617.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-768x463.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-1536x925.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-1200x723.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1756px) 100vw, 1756px" /></p>
<p>Decoding mode represents the current decoding capability of the decoder, which is listed in the figure and supports 3 decoding modes, i.e. 16 channels 720 x576, 9 channels 1280 x960 and 4 channels 2048 x1536.</li>
<li>Please note that the subsequent number represents the maximum resolution of decoding, for example, under the 9-channel mode, the maximum resolution of decoding is 1280&#215;960; the decoding mode of different decoders varies as well. It shall be normally decoded and displayed as the resolution of the front-end IPC has been guaranteed not to exceed the resolution restriction of the current decoder mode.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark177"></a> Decoding on the wall</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have selected a scheme, select the channel for decoding on the wall in the device list on</p>
<p>the left, then drag the relevant decoder to the corresponding decoding screen to complete decoding</p>
<p>on the wall. Use the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="121" height="82" class="wp-image-4268" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-90-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 90 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 448"></p>
<p>button to change the stream type of decoding on the wall before</p>
<p>dragging. Select main stream or sub-stream on the wall.</p>
<p>ZKTm is — :::</p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0 </strong>Control Decoder Device Mgmt I Decoder</p>
<p>Panel Config</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1827" height="860" class="wp-image-4269" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 91 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 449" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1.jpeg 1827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-1024x482.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-768x362.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-1536x723.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-1200x565.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1827px) 100vw, 1827px" /></p>
<p>If the channel dragged to the channel of the decoding screen shall be changed to other channels, the other channels shall be directly dragged to the corresponding window.</p>
<p>36 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1531" height="572" class="wp-image-4270" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 92 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 450" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1.jpeg 1531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1-300x112.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1-1024x383.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1-768x287.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1-1200x448.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1531px) 100vw, 1531px" /></p>
<p>1) İDİ is used to open the decoding module preview window. Click on it to access a preview</p>
<p>window on the current page, which is convenient for customers to view pictures on the wall.</p>
<p>2) H is used to delete the current channel. Click on it to delete the decoding channel of the</p>
<p>current split screen.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark180"></a> 7.2.1 Decoding group Patrol</p>
<p>The decoding management group has been mentioned in the device management module discussed above. After setting up the decoding group, users may drag the group to the TV wall in the</p>
<p>decoding group module, as follows:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1816" height="757" class="wp-image-4271" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 93 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 451" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1.jpeg 1816w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-1024x427.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-768x320.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-1536x640.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-1200x500.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1816px) 100vw, 1816px" /></p>
<p>The group dragged to the TV wall output can automatically open the patrol within group. The patrol interval can be set at the time of configuring the decoding group. The default value is 2 seconds.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 37</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1079" class="wp-image-4272" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 94 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 452" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-1536x894.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-1200x698.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark184"></a> Decoding Pre-plan Patrol</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the “ADD” button to add a pre-plan:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="659" class="wp-image-4273" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 95 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 453" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-1.jpeg 998w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-1-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-1-768x507.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></p>
<p>Set a “Plan Name” and “Stay Time” for the pre-plan patrol. The default value of “Stay Time” is 15 seconds; the minimum value is 10 seconds. After completion of settings, please click on “OK” to enter the pre-plan edit mode:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1841" height="1102" class="wp-image-4274" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 96 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 454" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1.jpeg 1841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-1024x613.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-768x460.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-1536x919.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-1200x718.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1841px) 100vw, 1841px" /></p>
<p>Configure the Pre-plan. Select the decoder split screen, decoding stream type and channel to edit the pre-plan settings. When you have completed settings, please click on “Save Pre-plan” to complete the editing.</p>
<p>Click on “Pre-plan” to make this group of Pre-plan to TV Wall directly with no necessary manual</p>
<p>38 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>operation, which is much convenient for users. Users may delete the saved pre-plans and perform other operations. If you have set several pre-plans, click “Start Pre-plan Patrol” to allow the decoder to start cruise according to the configured pre-plan.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark188"></a> Decoding rolling</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In case of Decoding rolling to be fulfilled in certain decoder, the decoder must be selected for Cruise during TV wall scheme setting (please see section 6.2), and the roll group has been determined in the course of scheme setting.</p>
<p>As the roll group and roll screen has been assured to be set in the scheme, on the button below in the interface to start/pause the Cruise , click the o button in the process of roll to stop roll (note: roll control button is only effective to roll decoder but general decoder).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark192"></a> Introduction of Buttons on Preview Operation Interface</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the preview operation interface, there is a row of function buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="81" class="wp-image-4275" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 97 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 455" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97-1.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97-1-300x51.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="84" class="wp-image-4276" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 98 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 456" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-1.jpeg 799w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-1-300x32.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-1-768x81.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></p>
<p>are split-screen switch control buttons. When a user selects the decoding screen, he/she may use the</p>
<p>buttons here to switch the number of split screens between different modes, such as 1,4, 9, 16, 36,</p>
<p>64. is a full screen control; users may click on it to activate full screen mode, right-click to exit.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="83" class="wp-image-4277" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-99-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 99 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 457"></p>
<p>is a split control; users may open/close the decoder split.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="167" height="86" class="wp-image-4278" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-100-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 100 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 458"></p>
<p>is a channel-clear-control; iib</p>
<p>is used to clear all decoding channels in certain decoders with one key, while</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="86" height="86" class="wp-image-4279" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-101-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 101 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 459"></p>
<p>is used to clear all</p>
<p>decoding channels in all decoders with one key.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark196"></a> Decoder Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Access the playback operation interface as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 39</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1851" height="1135" class="wp-image-4280" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 102 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 460" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1.jpeg 1851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1851px) 100vw, 1851px" /></p>
<p>Drag the channel to be played to the decoder, then select the criteria for searching, such as date and video path. Click on the “video retrieval” button to search for video files in the corresponding</p>
<p>channel. Operation here is similar to that of video playback. All playback channels must be in the</p>
<p>same device, and a maximum of 9 channels of playbacks simultaneously. When the video search is</p>
<p>completed, click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="85" class="wp-image-4281" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-103-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 103 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 461"></p>
<p>button or double-click on timeline to start playing. Double-click to</p>
<p>relocate time stamp during playing, as shown in the figure:</p>
<p>40 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1852" height="1113" class="wp-image-4282" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 104 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 462" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1.jpeg 1852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-1024x615.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-768x462.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-1536x923.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-1200x721.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1852px) 100vw, 1852px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark197"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark200"></a> Introduction of Buttons on Playback Operation Interface</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The function buttons in the lower part of playback operation interface are</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1373" height="90" class="wp-image-4283" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 105 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 463" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1.jpeg 1373w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1-300x20.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1-1024x67.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1-768x50.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1-1200x79.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1373px) 100vw, 1373px" /></p>
<p>For details about the</p>
<p>functions of the buttons, please see the section above. Its functions includes: play/pause, stop, frame</p>
<p>play, playback speed adjustment, full screen, split -screen number button, decoder CLS, splict offset settings, open/close the split, TV wall CLS.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark203"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark201"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark202"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark204"></a> Alarm Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Alarm configuration” button on the main interface to access the alarm configuration interface. “Alarm configuration” is an alarm rule setting module. If a user wants to fulfill alarm linkage in the client-end, the alarm linkage rule must be set in advance.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 41</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTebo</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ OOO</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td>Alarm configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>User: admin &amp;</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:30:29</td>
<td>CPU: 13% &#8211;</p>
<p>Memory: 69%</p>
<p>Up: 13KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 586KB/S</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device Refresh</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Rule Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Remarks</strong></td>
<td><strong>Enable</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Alarm | Event I &lt; 4&gt; ■** a «</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:29:25</td>
<td>Select channels</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:28:54</td>
<td>Select channels</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm configuration interface shows the currently set linkage rules and the state of the rule.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark205"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark208"></a> Add Linkage Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To add an alarm linkage rule, please click on “Add” at the upper left corner, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1233" height="1201" class="wp-image-4284" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 106 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 464" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1.jpeg 1233w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1-1024x997.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1-768x748.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1-1200x1169.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1233px) 100vw, 1233px" /></p>
<p>42 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark209"></a> Rule name: alarm linkage rule name is user-defined.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark210"></a> Alarm type: currently support 8 types of alarm, including Alarm in, Motion detection, Tampering, Video Loss, Area alarm, Object alarm, Cross line alarm and Counting alarm. Among which, the last four kinds are specialized to the device about intelligent detection. Regarding the definitions of the 8 types of alarm, please see NVR’s specifications.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark211"></a> Alarm source: Click on the check box to add all channels of all devices to VMS which can currently be selected.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark212"></a> Linkage action: includes capture, PTZ, Map, Record, pop Image and TV wall, which are defined respectively as below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Capture: </strong>captures the picture of the linkage channel.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ: </strong>controls the linkage channel. You may choose to call certain presets, call certain cruises or certain tracks. Only front devices which support PTZ control can be linked to PTZ.</p>
<p><strong>Map: </strong>displays an alarm on map interface. For the linkage of map alarm, the channel to be linked shall be deployed on the map. When an alarm is triggered, the icon of the channel will be indicated in red on the map.</p>
<p><strong>Record: </strong>when an alarm is triggered, the channel linked starts recording at local storage server, where you shall configure the RecPlan in advance. Records can be viewed by searching in the playback module.</p>
<p><strong>Pop image: </strong>when an alarm is triggered, the preview window will pop up from the main interface displaying the real-time preview of the linked channel.</p>
<p><strong>TV Wall: </strong>select a channel and TV Wall for wall-run. When an alarm is triggered, the real-time preview picture of this channel will be uploaded to the TV Wall.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the linkage action has been set as map, video, popup image and TV Wall, the front-end devices shall be selected. It shall be “auto-end” or “Schedule end”; “auto end” means that there is no linkage action upon the completion of alarm, while “timing end” means that the linkage action will end at the set time, which ranges from 1 second to 36,000 seconds.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark213"></a> Action param: the linkage action set can be displayed in this column.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark214"></a> Remarks: indicates relevant information of this linkage rule. It can be customized and omitted.</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon completion, the window is as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 43</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1105" height="1077" class="wp-image-4285" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 107 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 465" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1.jpeg 1105w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1-1024x998.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1-768x749.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1105px) 100vw, 1105px" /></p>
<p>Click on the “Save” button at the bottom to save and complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark217"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark216"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark218"></a> Modify Alarm Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1852" height="229" class="wp-image-4286" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 108 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 466" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1.jpeg 1852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-300x37.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-1024x127.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-768x95.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-1536x190.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-1200x148.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1852px) 100vw, 1852px" /></p>
<p>Upon completion of alarm rule adding, users may click on “Modify” indicated in the figure to edit the existing rule.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark222"></a> Delete Alarm Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Add Device Refresh</p>
<p>Rule Name Alarm Type Alarm Source</p>
<p>1 Alarm In DEVICES-NVR_192.168.0.88-NetAI&#8230;</p>
<p>Remarks</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>□</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="146" height="138" class="wp-image-4287" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-109-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 109 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 467"></p>
<p>Modify Update</p>
<p>To delete the existing rule, click on the “Delete” button in the figure; in case of disable of the feature at the moment, select the “check” button in the figure.</p>
<p>44 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark224"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark226"></a> Alarm Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Alarm” button on the main interface to enter the alarm management interface:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1157" class="wp-image-4288" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 110 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 468" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<p>Alarm management interface displays all alarm information upload to VMS. Select time range to search and an alarm type, click on the “Search” button, then the system will search for relevant alarm information. There are 8 types of alarms, including alarm input, motion detection, video tampering alarm, video loss, target count detection, area detection, object detection and line crossing detection.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark227"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark230"></a> Log Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Log” button on the main interface to enter the log management interface:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 45</p>
<p>User: admin G» CPU: 5%</p>
<p><sub>x</sub> Memory: 77%</p>
<p>Right: administrator <sub>Up: 1IKBS</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:53:43 Doyun* 682KR/<sup>&lt;S</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="4" height="638" class="wp-image-4289" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-111-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 111 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 469"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1841" height="992" class="wp-image-4290" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 112 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 470" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1.jpeg 1841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-1024x552.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-768x414.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-1536x828.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-1200x647.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1841px) 100vw, 1841px" /></p>
<p>Log management interface displays all important operation records of a user. Select a log type and time range to search, click on “Retrieve” to start searching. Log types include login/logout, device management, start/stop rec, linkage management and remote configuration.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark231"></a> login/logout: users log in/out records.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark232"></a> Device management: management of records about user registration, modification and deletion of devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark233"></a> Start/stop recording: start/stop local video record.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark234"></a> Linkage management: management about recordsfromf user operations, such as addition, modification and deletion of a linkage rule.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark235"></a> Remote configuration: records of user operations in terms of remote configuration, and modification of parameters for front-end devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>The log will record the operation time, the user performed such operations, IP address where the operation is conducted, types of operations and target address of relevant important operations in details, which help the administrator to find out any issues.</p>
<p>46 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1825" height="155" class="wp-image-4291" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 113 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 471" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1.jpeg 1825w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-300x25.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-1024x87.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-768x65.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-1536x130.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-1200x102.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1825px) 100vw, 1825px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark238"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark236"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark237"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark239"></a> User Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “User management” button on the main interface to enter the user management interface:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTe^</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ □□a</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td>X *</p>
<p>Users management</td>
<td></td>
<td>User: admin G»</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-0811:58:40</td>
<td>CPU: 4% SI!</p>
<p>Memory: 75%</p>
<p>Up: 14KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 615KB/S</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add user</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Username</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>User type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>admin</td>
<td></td>
<td>administrator</td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td>Update Right</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Event</strong></td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>-•* B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:47:08</td>
<td></td>
<td>Select an alarm source</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:46:41</td>
<td></td>
<td>Fill in rule name</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>User admin listed in the user management interface has the rights to set privilege for sub-users and users. There is a default super user whose name is “admin”, which can not be deleted and has all privileges. Click on “Modify” to change the password of the super user.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark243"></a> Add Sub-user</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on “Add user” at the left-upper corner to add a new user:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="550" class="wp-image-4292" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 114 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 472" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-1.jpeg 860w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-1-300x192.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-1-768x491.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></p>
<p>The default user type is “Guest”, which means an ordinary user, not an administrative user. The user</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 47</p>
<p>type cannot be modified. Fill in the user name, password, type the password again, then click on “OK&#8217; to add a new user. The password and that to input at the field “Confirm password” shall be the same.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark247"></a> Sub-user Access Distribution</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Add user</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>User name</strong></td>
<td><strong>User type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td>Righ^</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Administrator</strong></td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td><strong>II</strong></td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>test</strong></td>
<td><strong>Guest</strong></td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td><strong>II</strong></td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Right</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To assign sub-users access rights, click on the “Right” button indicated in the figure to grant the users relevant access privileges:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1689" height="1263" class="wp-image-4293" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 115 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 473" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1.jpeg 1689w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-1024x766.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-768x574.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-1536x1149.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-1200x897.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1689px) 100vw, 1689px" /></p>
<p>Types of access include common access, map access and decoder access.</p>
<p>Common access: includes preview, playback, video, intercom and PTZ control; depends on channels. The administrator may distribute relevant channels to the corresponding sub-users. The number corresponding to PTZ represents the control priority of PTZ. You may double-click to edit, and select a value from 0 to 10, among which, 0 indicates that there will be no PTZ control access, and 1-10 indicates the priority of PTZ control access. The larger the number, the higher the authority, i.e. 10</p>
<p>48 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>represents the top priority of PTZ control while 1 represents the lowest priority.</p>
<p>Channels without preview access distributed will be hidden if a sub-user logs in. Similarly, channels without relevant access rights cannot offer users access to playback, video and intercom. users can’t apply the corresponding functions. For instance, there are only 3 channels have been distributed to test sub-user, as shown in the figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1368" height="1025" class="wp-image-4294" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 116 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 474" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1.jpeg 1368w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1-1024x767.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1-768x575.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1-1200x899.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1368px) 100vw, 1368px" /></p>
<p>Login with sub-user can only view three channels, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1780" height="1115" class="wp-image-4295" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 117 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 475" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1.jpeg 1780w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-1536x962.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-1200x752.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1780px) 100vw, 1780px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>the super user has top access priority which cannot be modified.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 49</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark249"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark251"></a> Sub-user Modification and Deletion</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1846" height="1147" class="wp-image-4296" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 118 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 476" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1.jpeg 1846w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-1024x636.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-768x477.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-1536x954.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-1200x746.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1846px) 100vw, 1846px" /></p>
<p>1) Modify a sub-user</p>
<p>Click on the “Modify” button indicated in the figure to pop up the editing interface.</p>
<p><strong>Edit &#8211; X</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1037" height="465" class="wp-image-4297" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 119 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 477" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1.jpeg 1037w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1-300x135.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1-1024x459.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1-768x344.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1037px) 100vw, 1037px" /></p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Users may modify their passwords as needed. Upon completion of input, click on the “OK” button to confirm and save.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark252"></a> Delete a sub-user</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Delete” button on the user management interface to delete corresponding users, among which, you may not delete the super user account.</p>
<p>50 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark255"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark254"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark256"></a> Local Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Local configuration” button on the main interface to enter the local configuration</p>
<p>interface:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTeco</em></td>
<td>□□a</p>
<p>□□a OOO</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td>Control</td>
<td>Local</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>panel</td>
<td>configuration</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>User admin &amp; <sup>CPU: 13%</sup></p>
<p>. &#8230; * Memory: 74%</p>
<p>Right: administrator ..</p>
<p>Up: 11 KB/S</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 12:11:49 <sub>Down:</sub> 625KB/S</p>
<p>□ Autologin □ Bootfrom the start</p>
<p>0 Auto stream O Speed mode ® Save mode 4 ■» sub screen open the main stream</p>
<p>Window scale</p>
<p>Capture path</p>
<p>Download path</p>
<p>Export log path</p>
<p>FullScreen</p>
<p>C:\Capture</p>
<p>C:\Download</p>
<p>C:\Logs</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Sync device time I Set Time □ Auto time Sync time 00:00 * Interval 1 ’ Day</p>
<p>Alarm sounds f Set</p>
<p>Rec storage path settings | Set</p>
<p>Data backup and restore Backup Restore</p>
<p>Channel count</p>
<p>ZKTeco: unlimited Channel</p>
<p>ONVIF: unlimited Channel; P2P: unlimited Channel; ZKTeco-P:unlimited Chai</p>
<p>Record colors ScheduleMotion detect</p>
<p>Smart</p>
<p>Version V2.0[20181123]</p>
<p>Save</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Event &lt; -♦* n </strong>s</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Serial</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Param</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm State</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 12:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B9301230911945AE75A</td>
<td>2</td>
<td></td>
<td>NVR._192.168.0.88-CH2</td>
<td>Stop Alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 12:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B810002ADBF0000BA47</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</td>
<td>Stop Alarm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark257"></a> Auto login: when VMS software opens, it will automatically log in.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark258"></a> Boot from the start: when you select this feature, the client-end program will run automatically when the server which runs VMS boot up.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark259"></a> Auto stream: when speed mode and save mode are selected, as shown in the figure,</li>
</ol>
<p>□ Auto stream 0 Speed mode 0 Save mode 4 ’ sub screen open the main stream</p>
<p>among which,</p>
<p>open of preview will open main stream and sub stream under the speed mode, however, only one of them will be displayed, therefor, it will be faster for switching and also saves the bandwidth. “Save” mode means that only one stream shall be opened at the same time; the current stream shall be closed to open another. It is slower and saves the bandwidth as well.</li>
<li>Users may select the mode as needed. In addition, it can be selected under certain number of split screens to automatically switch to main stream under the circumstance of auto stream, 1,4 and 9 channels are optional.
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 51</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark260"></a> Window scale: for preview or playback. You may choose from full screen, 4:3 and 16:9.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark261"></a> Capture path: the directory to save captured pictures, including preview captures, playback captures and alarm linkage captures.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark262"></a> Download path: the directory to down documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark263"></a> Export log path: the directory to export log documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark264"></a> Sync device time: manual or automatic synchronization of time of access devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark265"></a> Alarm sounds: selection of sound, which is used as alarm linkage sound. You may customize the sound.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark266"></a> Rec storage path setting: setting local directory to save recorded documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark267"></a> Data backup and restore: backing up and restoring database to prevent data loss.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark268"></a> Channel count: displaying the authorized total number of channels. ZKTeco: unlimited Channel;</li>
</ol>
<p>ONVIF: unlimited Channel; P2P: unlimited Channel; ZKTeco-P: unlimited Channel</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark269"></a> Record colors: defining the color of indication of different types of videos.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark270"></a> Version: the version number of the current program (non-modifiable).</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon completion of settings, click on “Save” to quit.</p>
<p>52 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<p>Click “Next” to confirm to create desktop shortcut, continue to complete setup (©<strong>note: </strong>computer already setup antivirus program may pop-up prompt; please select “allow” with no exception for the normal setup start of the program), the program runs as the setup completed, as shown in figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="213" height="53" class="wp-image-4064" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-5.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 5" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 478"></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="287" class="wp-image-4065" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 6" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 479" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<p><strong>Login</strong></p>
<p>Forgot password</p>
<p>Users may manually switch between languages. The initial user name is <strong>admin</strong>, and the initial password is <strong>123456</strong>. Enter the password, click on “Login”; if you have selected “Remember password”, you do not have to enter the password and the program automatically logs in as “Auto login”.</p>
<p>The function of automatic login can be canceled in local configuration. When you forget the password, click on &#8220;Forgot password&#8221; to get a temporary key for the supplier to help you get a temporary password. Below is the main interface of the program:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1726" height="1074" class="wp-image-4066" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 7" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 480" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7.jpeg 1726w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1024x637.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1536x956.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1200x747.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1726px) 100vw, 1726px" /></p>
<p>1) Display current user, user rights, current time, consumption of CPU memory and real-time</p>
<p>network data flow; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="76" class="wp-image-4067" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-8.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 8" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 481"></p>
<p>to log out.</p>
<p>2) Display real-time alarm messages and event messages; double-click on the alarm message to</p>
<p>open the preview of the current alarm channel for users to view alarm in real-time manner.</p>
<p>3)</p>
<p>The functions in the toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="95" class="wp-image-4068" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-9.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 9" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 482"></p>
<p>, from left to right, are: clear alarm/event message, close</p>
<p>sound/open sound.</p>
<p>4)</p>
<p>The functions in the toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="263" height="95" class="wp-image-4069" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-10.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 10" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 483"></p>
<p>, from left to right, are: stay window, window max,</p>
<p>hide window.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark27"></a> 1. Device Management</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark31"></a> Add a Device</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on “Device management” on the main interface.</p>
<p>This interface displays relevant information of all devices added to VMS, including device type, protocol type and online and offline status; click on “Add device” at the top right corner, the “add device” interface will then pop up:</p>
<p>4 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1303" height="461" class="wp-image-4070" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 11" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 484" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11.jpeg 1303w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-300x106.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1024x362.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-768x272.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1200x425.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1303px) 100vw, 1303px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1144" height="879" class="wp-image-4071" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 12" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 485" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12.jpeg 1144w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1024x787.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-768x590.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1144px) 100vw, 1144px" /></p>
<p>Select a protocol. ZKTeco protocol is an independently developed protocol of our company. Front-end devices should support ZKTeco protocol. ZKTeco’s front-end devices currently used for shipping basically supports this protocol. The ZKTeco-P protocol is the protocol used by PTZ domes.ONVIF protocol is the joint ownership protocol for access to third-party devices that support this protocol.</p>
<p>Select the protocols as needed, it is to click on “Search” to search for online devices in the LAN. Take ZKTeco protocol as an example:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1707" height="1066" class="wp-image-4072" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 13" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 486" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13.jpeg 1707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1707px) 100vw, 1707px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1839" height="1195" class="wp-image-4073" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 14" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 487" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14.jpeg 1839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1024x665.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-768x499.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1536x998.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1200x780.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1839px) 100vw, 1839px" /></p>
<p>©<strong>Note: </strong>devices displayed in gray are those devices that have been added to the device list; click on “IP address” to sort them according to the IP address of the devices.</p>
<p>Select the device to be added, click on the “Select” button, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1074" height="806" class="wp-image-4074" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 15" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 488" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15.jpeg 1074w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-768x576.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1074px) 100vw, 1074px" /></p>
<p>Device Name: define by the user as needed.</p>
<p>User Name: user name of the device.</p>
<p>Password: password of the device.</p>
<p>Enter correct user name and password to add the corresponding device into the device list. Also, the front end using the ZKTeco protocol does not require a password. (©<strong>Note: </strong>for safety consideration,</p>
<p>6 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>Devices using the ONVIF protocol,the password can’t be retrieved and the password of the device needs to be manually filled in; no password filled in or wrong password will lead to add log-in failure.) Fast match function means when there are multiple devices with the same username and password, choose fast match, then you just need to input the username and password for one time.</p>
<p>After adding the equipment, the interface is as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1822" height="1136" class="wp-image-4075" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 16" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 489" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16.jpeg 1822w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1024x638.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1536x958.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1200x748.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1822px) 100vw, 1822px" /></p>
<p>We can edit and delete devices, call remote configuration and modify channel names here. The remote configuration is only supported by ZKTeco protocol; calling the remote configuration can view or modify related parameters of the front-end device. Modifying the channel name is only supported by ZKTeco protocol; It is quick and convenient to modify channel name of the front-end device .</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark33"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark35"></a> Add a Decoder</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="110" class="wp-image-4076" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-17.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 17" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 490"></p>
<p><strong>□□□</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□o</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□a</strong></p>
<p>Control</p>
<p>panel</p>
<p>Device CenterB Decoder Group</p>
<p><strong>_ »</strong></p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>Layout Storage Dec Group</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="186" height="111" class="wp-image-4077" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-18.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 18" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 491"></p>
<p><strong>Decoder name Decoder type</strong></p>
<p>User: admin B <sup>CPU: 10%</sup> “■</p>
<p>. . &#8230; Memory: 72%</p>
<p>Right: administrator ..</p>
<p>Up. UKd/o</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:42:25 Down&#8217; *|KB/S</p>
<p><strong>IP address</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="549" height="71" class="wp-image-4078" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 19" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 492" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19.jpeg 549w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19-300x39.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /></p>
<p>0 records, 1/1 page</p>
<p>First Previous Next Last</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>-*• B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:39:15</td>
<td></td>
<td>The device added failed</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:09:58</td>
<td></td>
<td>IP, port, device name and user name could not be empty</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Switch to decoder interface. This interface, which is similar to that to add a device, displays all</p>
<p>decoders added to the server at present and the online and offline status of the decoders. The added</p>
<p>decoders can be edited and deleted; in case of adding a new decode, click on the</p>
<p>Add Decoder</p>
<p>button in the top right corner:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1088" height="876" class="wp-image-4079" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 20" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 493" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20.jpeg 1088w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-300x242.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1024x824.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-768x618.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1088px) 100vw, 1088px" /></p>
<p>Click on “Search” to search for all online decoders in the LAN; similarly, the decoder added to the</p>
<p>8 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>decoder list will display in gray and can not be added again:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1810" height="969" class="wp-image-4080" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 21" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 494" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21.jpeg 1810w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1024x548.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-768x411.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1536x822.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1200x642.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1810px) 100vw, 1810px" /></p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>□ All/Not all | Search Stop Fast Match Add batchly</p>
<p>Select a decoder to be added, click on “Select”:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="921" height="813" class="wp-image-4081" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 22" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 495" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22.jpeg 921w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-300x265.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-768x678.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 921px) 100vw, 921px" /></p>
<p><strong>Decoder Name: </strong>users may define and modify the name as needed.</p>
<p><strong>User Name: </strong>the default setting is admin.</p>
<p><strong>Password: </strong>the default setting is null.</p>
<p>When it is completed, click on “Save” to add the decoder to the server; in case you want to add a group of decoders, select multiple decoders on the search interface, fill in the right password, click on “Add batchly” to add multiple devices with one key.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 9</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark38"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark39"></a> Channel Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Group” in the device management module, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1157" class="wp-image-4082" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 23" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 496" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<p>Click on “+” button to add group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1606" height="507" class="wp-image-4083" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 24" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 497" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24.jpeg 1606w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1024x323.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-768x242.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1536x485.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1200x379.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1606px) 100vw, 1606px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the group name, click on “Save” to create the group; when it is succeeded, select the device</p>
<p>channel on the left, then select a group on the right, click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="232" height="107" class="wp-image-4084" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-25.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 25" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 498"></p>
<p>button to add the</p>
<p>relevant channels to the corresponding group; the actual application of grouping will be described</p>
<p>in the preview module. When adding is completed, the interface will look like below:</p>
<p>10 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong><em>ZKT^</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ □□□</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td><strong>_ *</strong></p>
<p>Device management</td>
<td colspan="3">User: admin &amp; <sup>CPU: 2%</sup> — —&#8217;</p>
<p>_. . . . . . . . Memory: 63%</p>
<p>Right: administrator <sub>Up;</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:58:14 Down: 2KB/S</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Device Center Decoder</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td colspan="2">Layout Storage Dec Group</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">‘ ■ ft CMS</p>
<p>■&lt; ■ ®NVR_192.168.0.218</p>
<ul>
<li>¥ CH1</li>
<li>df CH2</li>
<li>&gt;CH3</li>
<li>? CH4</li>
</ul>
<p>* ■•IPC_192.168.0.101</p>
<p>» ■ *»IPC_192.168.0.188</td>
<td>+</p>
<p>*</p>
<p>*</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>s»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH1</li>
<li>«»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH2</li>
</ul>
<p>‘ BM2</p>
<ul>
<li>e»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH3</li>
<li>®»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH4</li>
<li>e?IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01</li>
<li>«WPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</li>
</ul>
</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval of preview roll 30 ‘ seconds] save</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Alarm Event ■&lt; 4»</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>-H n</strong></p>
<p>Messages</td>
<td><strong>IB</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2018-12-0715:57:45</td>
<td colspan="4">Add channel success!|IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01]</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2018-12-07 15:57:45</td>
<td colspan="4">Add channel success![IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01]</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Similarly, check the channel in the group and click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="246" height="103" class="wp-image-4085" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-26.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 26" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 499"></p>
<p>to remove the channel from the</p>
<p>group.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark41"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark43"></a> Layout</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Layout” in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><strong><em>ZKT^</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □ □□ OOÛ</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>User: admin &amp; CPU: 4%</p>
<p>„ . . .. Memory: 70%</p>
<p><strong>Right: </strong>administrator <sub>Up</sub>. <sub>H8|&lt;B;S</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:59:20 Down* 31^3/5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="28" class="wp-image-4086" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-27.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 27" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 500"></p>
<p>Device Center Decoder Group I Layout Storage Dec Group</p>
<p>Add Layout</p>
<p><strong>No.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Layout Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dwell Times(s)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Window Count</strong></p>
<p><strong>Division Type</strong></p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p>0 records, 1/1 page</p>
<p>First Previous Next Last</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>n «</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:57:45</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add channel success! [IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01]</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-0715:57:45</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add channel success![IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01]</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click on the button “Add layout”, then the system will pop up this window:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1725" height="1059" class="wp-image-4087" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 28" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 501" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28.jpeg 1725w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1024x629.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1536x943.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1200x737.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1725px) 100vw, 1725px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the name of a layout, select the number of split screens as needed. Types of split screen include standard split and wide-screen split, among which, pictures under ordinary split screen and wide-screen are displayed in 16:9 and 1:1, respectively; select the duration of stay from Dwell option. and then drag the channel for layout. Take 6 split screens as an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1713" height="1047" class="wp-image-4088" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 29" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 502" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29.jpeg 1713w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1024x626.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1536x939.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1713px) 100vw, 1713px" /></p>
<p>Click on “New” or “Save” to complete layout settings. Then, the saved layout information shall be</p>
<p>displayed on the right side:</p>
<p>12 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1772" height="1081" class="wp-image-4089" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 30" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 503" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30.jpeg 1772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1024x625.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1536x937.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1200x732.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1772px) 100vw, 1772px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the existing layout to edit the layout. Applications of the layout function are further elaborated in the preview module.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark46"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark44"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark45"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark47"></a> Storage Server</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Storage” in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><em>ZKTecü</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□□</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□O □□□</strong></p>
<p>Control</p>
<p>panel</p>
<p>— *</p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>User: admin G» <sup>CPU: 8%</sup></p>
<p>_. . . . ■ ■ . Memory: 71%</p>
<p><strong>Right </strong>ad<sub>ml</sub>n<sub>ls</sub>t<sub>r</sub>atar <sub>Up;</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 16:15:30 Down* 3KB/S</p>
<p>Device Center Decoder Group</p>
<p>Layout I Storage Dec Group</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Alarm Event &lt; 4)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Serial</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Param</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm State H</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 16:14&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B3F00020BDF00004624</td>
<td>4</td>
<td></td>
<td>NVR_192.168.0.218-CH4</td>
<td>Stop Alarm <strong>H</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-0716:14&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B810002ADBF0000BA47</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</td>
<td>Stop Alarm <strong>SB</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>This page displays relevant information of the storage server, including the server name, server</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 13</p>
<p>address and used space of the hard disk drive. Click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="95" class="wp-image-4090" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-31.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 31" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 504"></p>
<p>to set a storage server, as</p>
<p>shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1713" height="1207" class="wp-image-4091" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 32" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 505" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32.jpeg 1713w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1024x722.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1536x1082.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1200x846.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1713px) 100vw, 1713px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the blank area of the RecPlan on the left side, then add a channel to the storage server;</p>
<p>when it is done, select the channel to set the RecPlan.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1559" height="1101" class="wp-image-4092" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 33" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 506" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33.jpeg 1559w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1536x1085.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1559px) 100vw, 1559px" /></p>
<p>14 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1605" height="1133" class="wp-image-4093" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 34" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 507" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34.jpeg 1605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1536x1084.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1605px) 100vw, 1605px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1733" height="1223" class="wp-image-4094" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 35" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 508" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35.jpeg 1733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1536x1084.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1733px) 100vw, 1733px" /></p>
<p>RecPlan has a default whole-day template and a working day template. In case of the need of other RecPlan templates, click on “User Template” to add those you need; start to record as the RecPlan set. Yellow arrow in the figure shows the recording status of the channel. Red means the channel is working; blue means the otherwise.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 15</p>
<p>There are four kinds of recording modes, including timing &amp; alarm recording, timing recording, alarm recording and stop recording, among which, timing &amp; alarm recording refers to the timing plus alarm recording, i.e. timing recording runs if no alarm recording has been triggered, while alarm recording runs as an alarm has been triggered; timing recording refers to only time stamps you set; alarm recording means record starts when an alarm is triggered; and stop recording means do not record at all.</p>
<p>Pre-record and time delay function are only available in two modes: timing &amp; alarm recording and alarm recording, particularly the alarm recording; copy to channel refers to copy the RecPlan of certain channel to other channel that already added to the storage server; advanced setting can set up different partitions of disk for recording while some others do not; the default setting is that other disks can be used for recording besides the system disk. Click on “Save” to make the settings effective as the configuration completed.</p>
<p>In case the channel added to the storage server shall be modified, right-click on the channel added to add a channel, delete single channel and delete all channels; click on “Save” when the configuration completed and recording starts.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark50"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark51"></a> Decoding Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the “Dec Group” interface in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1150" class="wp-image-4095" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 36" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 509" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>16 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>The operation configuration method of this group is similar to the preview group mentioned above, except that this group is used for intra-group patrol on the decoder. For details, please refer to the introduction of the decoding management module in the following section.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark54"></a> 2. Preview</p>
<p>Click “Preview” on the main interface to enter the preview module:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1153" class="wp-image-4096" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 37" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 510" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1536x961.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1200x751.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>As shown in the figure, the device list is on the left side, displaying all devices added currently and the online and offline status of device. PTZ control interface and video parameter control interface are on the right side. Below the video parameter control interface is the split screen switch button, with which, user may manually switch the number of split screens according to the actual demand. Split screen modes include standard split and wide-screen split, corresponding to different window scales.</p>
<p>The differences between them have been elaborated in the layout module, thus no further introduction now. Besides the regular kinds of split screens, there are several special-shaped splits for customers to select corresponding numbers as needed.</p>
<p>Double-click on the device list on the left side or drag the channel to the window opens the preview window of the device channel. Opened channels video will play on the corresponding panels.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 17</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1144" class="wp-image-4097" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 38" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 511" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>the green triangle on the left-top of the picture above shows that this channel is in preview; the buttons yellow arrows point to shows the local recording status of channels. White □ shows that this channel is turned off.</p>
<p>As for local recording, blue</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="65" class="wp-image-4098" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-39.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 39" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 512"></p>
<p>indicates that local recording is turned on in this channel and</p>
<p>is working. Right-click on the channel to turn local recording on or off.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark57"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark56"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark58"></a> Device/Right-Click Function of Channel</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark59"></a> Open all stream</li>
</ol>
<p>Open devices’ stream with one key. You may open stream of a maximum of 64 channels each time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark60"></a> Close all preview</li>
</ol>
<p>Close all previews that the current device has activated with one key.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark61"></a> Open record</li>
</ol>
<p>Open local recording of this channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark62"></a> Open intercom</li>
</ol>
<p>Open intercom of PC and the device.</p>
<p>18 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark65"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark66"></a> Preview Window Toolbar</li>
</ol>
<p>On Preview panels, there is a row of shortcuts above the preview window as indicated in the figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1143" class="wp-image-4099" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 40" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 513" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1536x958.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p>1)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="65" class="wp-image-4100" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-41.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 41" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 514"></p>
<p>represents the channel intercom switch; click on it to enable or disable intercom of PC and</p>
<p>thischannel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark67"></a> □ represents the device recording switch; click on it to enable or disable local recording of this channel; blue icon □ indicates that the feature is activated, while white icon □ indicates</li>
</ol>
<p>that the feature is not activated.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark68"></a> LU represents the capture button; click on it to take a snapshot of the current display of this</li>
</ol>
<p>channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark69"></a> represents the audio preview switch; click on it to turn the audio on or off. indicates it is off; indicates it is on.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark70"></a> 0 represents the button to quit preview; click on it to close the current preview of this channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 19</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark72"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark74"></a> Preview Function Button</li>
</ol>
<p>There is a toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="75" class="wp-image-4101" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 42" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 515" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42.jpeg 317w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p>on the lower right side of the preview interface, among which:</p>
<p>represents the capture button; select a preview window, then click on this button to take a</p>
<p>snapshot of the display;</p>
<p>represents the full-screen button, click on it to switch between the selected window and the</p>
<p>full-screen mode;</p>
<p>represents the on/off button for UTC function; click to enable the UTC function. Please note</p>
<p>that this feature requires a front-end equipment to operate;</p>
<p>4)</p>
<p>3D</p>
<p>represents the on/off button for 3D positioning; click to enable the 3D positioning function.</p>
<p>Please note that this feature requires a front-end equipment and 18H protocol to operate;</p>
<p>to close all preview windows opened at present.</p>
<p>□ All □ Rule □ Result</p>
<p>B^^B^^^B^^^^Hcheck boxes are for Intelligent detection, intelligent detection supported<br />
by front-end devices includes NVR and IPC. When it is used, the setup intelligent rule will be</p>
<p>displayed in the preview screen. If a target triggers the intelligent alarm, the target triggering the</p>
<p>alarm will be displayed in the preview screen.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark75"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark78"></a> Device Grouping Patrol</li>
</ol>
<p>To add two or more groups. For details, please see ”Group“ for specific operation under the section</p>
<p>Device Management”. When a group is created, you may switch to the group page on the preview</p>
<p>interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>20 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1144" class="wp-image-4102" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 43" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 516" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the selected group to operate “Start Patrol” and “Stop Patrol” functions. Time intervals between patrols can be set up in the local configuration module, which will be illustrated below. The default interval is 30 seconds.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark81"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark80"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark82"></a> Device Layout Patrol</li>
</ol>
<p>To add two or more layouts. For details, please refer to the paragraph “Layout” under the section “Device Management”. When a layout is created, you may switch to the layout page on the preview interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 21</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1762" height="1065" class="wp-image-4103" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 44" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 517" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44.jpeg 1762w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1024x619.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1536x928.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1200x725.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1762px) 100vw, 1762px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the selected layout to open the preview of this layout with one key. Select “Start Patrol” to start the patrol function among several layouts. The interval between patrols can be set up when the layout is set up. Click on “Stop all” to stops the patrol function or close the current preview.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark86"></a> PTZ</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark90"></a> PTZ Control</li>
</ol>
<p>Users may adjust rotation of the camera in 8 directions, including up, down, left, right, upper left,</p>
<p>lower left, upper right and lower right. “Zoom” means that users may zoom in or out and adjust the</p>
<p>visual angle; “Focus” helps adjust the focal length of the camera to ensure the clearness of the</p>
<p>picture; the enlargement and narrowing of the aperture ensures the brightness and depth of field of</p>
<p>the picture; the setting of the PTZ control speed can adjust the rotation speed of the speed dome</p>
<p>camera. Click on “AUTO”, the speed dome camera automatically starts scanning. Please see the</p>
<p>following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="663" height="406" class="wp-image-4104" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 45" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 518" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45.jpeg 663w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 663px) 100vw, 663px" /></p>
<p>22 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark94"></a> Preset, Cruise and Track</li>
</ol>
<p>Preset: <sup>2</sup> 0 <sup>Z X|</sup></p>
<p>Cruise: 5 <sup>T</sup> ✓ X|</p>
<p>Trade 3 ▼ -») ✓ XI</p>
<p>1) Preset: the rotation of the PTZ camera requires the setting of the direction of the preset. Click</p>
<p>on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="84" class="wp-image-4105" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-46.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 46" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 519"></p>
<p>to set up the preset. A maximum of 255 presets can be set up. To adjust the presets,</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>select the preset to be adjusted, click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="79" class="wp-image-4106" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-47.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 47" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 520"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p>Cruise: as the preset settings are done, click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="84" class="wp-image-4107" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-48.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 48" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 521"></p>
<p>maximum of 255 cruise paths can be set; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="79" class="wp-image-4108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-49.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 49" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 522"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="83" class="wp-image-4109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-50.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 50" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 523"></p>
<p>to delete the preset.</p>
<p>to edit and set the cruise path. A</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="84" class="wp-image-4110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-51.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 51" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 524"></p>
<p>to delete the</p>
<p>selected cruise path.</p>
<p>3)</p>
<p>Track: click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="84" class="wp-image-4111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-52.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 52" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 525"></p>
<p>to edit and set the track; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="80" class="wp-image-4112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-53.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 53" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 526"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="84" class="wp-image-4113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-54.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 54" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 527"></p>
<p>to delete</p>
<p>the track set.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark97"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark98"></a> Picture Parameters</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As the preview opened, parameters of the pictures can be adjusted; the adjustment here will not affect the front-end parameters of IPC but the display effect of the picture in the client-end. Please</p>
<p>see the following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="664" height="217" class="wp-image-4114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 55" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 528" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55.jpeg 664w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55-300x98.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 664px) 100vw, 664px" /></p>
<p>Users may adjust the relevant parameters, namely brightness and contrast, as needed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark99"></a> Preview Digital Zoom</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As the preview interface opened, select a corresponding window and then scroll the mouse wheel to adjust digital zoom-in and zoom-out of the current picture.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 23</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark105"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark104"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark106"></a> Preview Multi-screen Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You may access multiple modules in the preview module. Each of them is independent. If the user&#8217;s monitor supports multi-screen mode output, you may use the multi-screen display feature. Considering the actual situation, the maximum preview module to be opened can be restricted to 5. For instance, when you have opened two preview modules, you may drag one of them out with the same operations as dragging the module to another monitoring screen, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1846" height="572" class="wp-image-4115" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 56" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 529" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56.jpeg 1846w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-300x93.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1024x317.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-768x238.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1536x476.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1200x372.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1846px) 100vw, 1846px" /></p>
<p>The monitoring screen on the left is the primary screen; while that on the right is the complementary screen. The operations of preview between two screens doesn’t influence each other; closing the complementary screen will not affect the primary screen, however, the complementary screen will be closed if the primary screen is closed.</p>
<p>Users may select the number of preview screens to be opened as needed. For instance, one screen can be selected to open Cruise and display independently in one monitor, meanwhile, another screen can carry out the operations of temporary preview, monitoring and intercom.</p>
<p>24 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark110"></a> Video Playback</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Playback” button on the main interface to enter the video playback module:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="38" class="wp-image-4116" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 57" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 530" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57.jpeg 154w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57-150x38.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 154px) 100vw, 154px" /></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="35" class="wp-image-4117" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-58.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 58" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 531"></p>
<p>Preview</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="139" height="111" class="wp-image-4118" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-59.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 59" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 532"></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □□□ ooo</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>User: admin B</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 10:40:15</p>
<p>CPU: 19%</p>
<p>Memory: 69%</p>
<p>Up: 11 KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 794KB/S</p>
<p>Device Localhost ^Storage</p>
<p><sup>J</sup> ■ ■ Local_Storager</p>
<ul>
<li>&lt;¥NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>&lt;&gt;NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>^NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>&lt;TNVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>e»IPC_192.168.0.1S</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1544" height="784" class="wp-image-4119" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 60" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 533" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60.jpeg 1544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1024x520.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-768x390.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1536x780.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1200x609.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1544px) 100vw, 1544px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event | &lt; 4»</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>B W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 10:13:26</td>
<td>Recording Plan Save Success</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 10:13:19</td>
<td>Recording Plan Save Success</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark113"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark111"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark114"></a> Video Search</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select a device channel where the video to be played from the device tree on the left. Please note that only videos in the same device or same storage server can be played simultaneously, and at most 9 channels can be selected each time. Select the storage path of the video on the left, select the stream type of the video to be played in the column of “stream type”, and select the date on the calendar, click on “video search”, then the system will starts to search for the relevant video(s) and display the search results on the search result panel.</p>
<p>Video path includes “device”, “local” and “storage”, among which, the device video refers to the video stored in the hard disk or the SD card of the front-end device, local video refers to the video stored in the PC of the client server and the storage video refers to the video stores in the storage server. The stream type includes main stream and sub stream. When a customer opens dual stream in the course of recording, relevant videos can be searched for as needed. The search result will be shown as below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 25</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1783" height="1101" class="wp-image-4120" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 61" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 534" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61.jpeg 1783w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1024x632.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1536x948.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1200x741.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1783px) 100vw, 1783px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark115"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark116"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark118"></a> Video Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="107" class="wp-image-4121" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-62.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 62" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 535"></p>
<p>on the interface to start playing or pause; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="98" height="101" class="wp-image-4122" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-63.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 63" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 536"></p>
<p>to stop playing. Place the</p>
<p>cursor on the video bar and scroll the mouse wheel to enlarge or reduce the scale of the video</p>
<p>bar. Double-click on the video bar to play, and double-click in the timeline of playback to switch the</p>
<p>time stamps for playback, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1773" height="1092" class="wp-image-4123" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 64" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 537" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64.jpeg 1773w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1024x631.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1536x946.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1200x739.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1773px) 100vw, 1773px" /></p>
<p>26 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>During playback in several channels, select certain windows, double left-click to switch the window into full screen; place the mouse on certain window, scroll the mouse wheel to operate digital enlargement of this window.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark121"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark122"></a> Video File Download</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="100" class="wp-image-4124" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-65.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 65" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 538"></p>
<p>button on the interface to enter the download interface of the video file, as shown</p>
<p>below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1613" height="939" class="wp-image-4125" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 66" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 539" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66.jpeg 1613w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1536x894.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1200x699.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1613px) 100vw, 1613px" /></p>
<p>Select the video location(including device videos and storage server videos), channel, range of recording time file save path in proper order, click on the “Start” button to start downloading. When the progress reaches 100%, download is completed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark125"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark126"></a> Toolbar Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Among the functional buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="849" height="94" class="wp-image-4126" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 67" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67.jpeg 849w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-300x33.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-768x85.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></p>
<p>on the interface,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="83" class="wp-image-4127" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-68.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 68" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 541"></p>
<p>represents frame play; click on the button to play the selected video frame by frame, and one</p>
<p>frame will be played for each click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="83" class="wp-image-4128" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-69.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 69" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 542"></p>
<p>represents audio switch, which can turn on/ off the audio</p>
<p>of playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="83" class="wp-image-4129" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-70.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 70" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 543"></p>
<p>represents play speed adjustment buttons, with which, users may</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 27</p>
<p>n</p>
<p>adjust the play speed between 1/16X and 16X.</p>
<p>represents the capture button; click on this</p>
<p>button to take a snapshot during playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="82" class="wp-image-4130" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-71.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 71" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 544"></p>
<p>represents the full-screen button; click to switch to</p>
<p>full-screen (right-click to exit the full-screen mode).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="84" class="wp-image-4131" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-72.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 72" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 545"></p>
<p>represents window-split buttons;</p>
<p>users may manually switch the display to single screen, 4 screens and 9 screens as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="556" height="84" class="wp-image-4132" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 73" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 546" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73.jpeg 556w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73-300x45.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></p>
<p>represents the starting time and ending time; As for certain play</p>
<p>point, select the starting or ending time to add a sign on the video bar. When the starting or ending time is selected, click on “Download” to rapidly download the video between the two tags to facilitate further operations.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark128"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark130"></a> Map Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on “Map configuration” on the main interface to enter the map configuration module, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1134" class="wp-image-4133" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 74" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 547" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1536x946.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1200x739.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark133"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark131"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark134"></a> Add a Map</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Right-click on the signed place in the figure, select “Add map”, pop up the window:</p>
<p>28 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1598" height="417" class="wp-image-4134" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 75" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 548" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75.jpeg 1598w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1024x267.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-768x200.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1536x401.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1200x313.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1598px) 100vw, 1598px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the name, select a picture, click on “OK” to add a map, then several maps is added; meanwhile, sub-map can be added under the map has been added, as shown in figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1843" height="1134" class="wp-image-4135" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 76" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 549" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76.jpeg 1843w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1536x945.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1200x738.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1843px) 100vw, 1843px" /></p>
<p>The map opened will be indicated in yellow for differentiation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="595" height="275" class="wp-image-4136" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 77" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 550" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77.jpeg 595w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark135"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark138"></a> Right-Click on Map Tree</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark139"></a> Add map: add a new map.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark140"></a> Delete map: delete the selected map.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark141"></a> Add child map: add a child map under the current map list. You may add several or multi-level</li>
</ol>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 29</p>
<p>sub-maps for each map. When a sub-map is added, drag the sub-map to the main map to</p>
<p>complete association and the sub-map shall be displayed in the main map as the icon</p>
<p>Double-click on the icon in the main map to switch to the corresponding sub-map; and click on</p>
<p>the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="101" height="84" class="wp-image-4137" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-78.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 78" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 551"></p>
<p>button in the sub-map to return to the main map.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark142"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark145"></a> Map Deployment</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Drag the device channel or alarm input from the lower-left to the map, then the deployment will be completed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1835" height="1119" class="wp-image-4138" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 79" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 552" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79.jpeg 1835w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1024x624.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-768x468.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1536x937.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1200x732.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1835px) 100vw, 1835px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>as the channel has been dragged to the map, the position shall be adjusted by dragging it again; right-click on the deployed channel to select or delete an icon (bullet/ dome/ PTZ). Place the cursor on the map, scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in/out the map. The channel deployed to the map shall not be dragged repeatedly. Place the mouse on the deployed channel to view the channel information.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark147"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark149"></a> Map Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Map” button on the main interface to enter the map management module as shown</p>
<p>30 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1836" height="1121" class="wp-image-4139" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 80" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 553" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80.jpeg 1836w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1024x625.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1536x938.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1836px) 100vw, 1836px" /></p>
<p>Double-click on the map to view the map configured and deployed channel. The relevant configuration and modification cannot be executed on the map. Right-click on the channel deployed on the map to allow preview and playback of the corresponding channel. Users, in the actual applications, may swiftly call the preview and playback of the corresponding channel according to the map, which makes the operation clearer and easier. When an alarm is triggered and the associated channel is deployed on the map, the channel icon on the map will turn into red.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark152"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark153"></a> Decoder Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Decoder configuration” button on the main interface to enter the decoder configuration module:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 31</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1839" height="1128" class="wp-image-4140" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 81" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 554" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81.jpeg 1839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1839px) 100vw, 1839px" /></p>
<p>The module shows the TV wall scheme currently set and the enabled status of the scheme. In terms of the existing TV wall scheme, you may operate “modify”, “delete” and “disable/enable”. Click on “Add TV wall” button in the top right corner to add new TV wall schemes, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1173" class="wp-image-4141" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 82" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 555" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1024x652.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-768x489.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1536x978.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1200x764.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>32 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark157"></a> Layout Setting</li>
</ol>
<p>Set a TV wall layout, fill in the relevant information here:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1172" class="wp-image-4142" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 83" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 556" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1024x652.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-768x489.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1536x977.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1200x764.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark158"></a> Matrix layout setting: user cab set the matrix layout as actually needed, maximally support 8&#215;8 layout; when a layout is selected, click on “Set” to make the changes effective.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark159"></a> Fill in the name of TV wall scheme; users may customize the name of the TV wall scheme as needed (©<strong>Note: </strong>the name will not be modified as defined).</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark160"></a> TV wall scheme description: users may describe the scheme for differentiation, optional.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark161"></a> TV wall splice: users may set the TV wall as splice mode or non-splice mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>As completed, click on “Next step”.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark162"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark165"></a> Screen Input Binding</li>
</ol>
<p>Drag the decoder added to the layout set, as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 33</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1771" height="1018" class="wp-image-4143" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 84" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 557" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84.jpeg 1771w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1024x589.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-768x441.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1536x883.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1200x690.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1771px) 100vw, 1771px" /></p>
<p>On this interface, users may set the layout and associate the decoder to the TV wall matrix layout according to different situations. To complete settings, click on “Finish”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="149" height="60" class="wp-image-4144" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-85.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 85" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 558"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="33" class="wp-image-4145" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-86.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 86" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 559"></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □□□ DOO</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>Decoder<br />
configuration</p>
<p>User: admin G»</p>
<p><strong>Right: </strong>administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:10:10</p>
<p>CPU: 11% İJ.E3.</p>
<p><strong>Memory: </strong>65%</p>
<p>Up: 13KB/S</p>
<p><strong>Down: </strong>522KB/S</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1756" height="751" class="wp-image-4146" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 87" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 560" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87.jpeg 1756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1024x438.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-768x328.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1536x657.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1200x513.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1756px) 100vw, 1756px" /></p>
<p>2018-12-08 10:50:18</p>
<p>Channels should be in the same device</p>
<p><strong>Messages</strong></p>
<p>Channels should be less than9</p>
<p>After finishing the settings, the saved TV wall will be seen on the decoder configuration interface and can be edited, deleted and disabled/enabled.</p>
<p>If the configuration shall be enabled as the setting completed, select “Enable this configuration immediately”, then click on the “Finish” button below. If you do not want to enable the setting, directly click on “Finish” to exit. As the setting is completed, this configuration scheme will be displayed in the decoder configuration list.</p>
<p>34 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark167"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark169"></a> Decoder Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Decoder” button on the main interface to enter the decoder management module, as shown below:</p>
<p>User: admin G»</p>
<p>Hııjlıt Admin</p>
<p>CPU: 53%</p>
<p>Memory: 40%</p>
<p>rime: 2018-08-31 10:51:46</p>
<p>^NVR_192.168.130.188-CH<br />
«T NVR_192.168.130.188-Ch<br />
e»NVR 192,188.130,188-CH</p>
<p>Firstly, drop-down the check box in the signed place of the figure to select TV wall. All rules set and enabled will be shown in this box. Select a scheme.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark173"></a> Decoding Mode Selection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have selected a scheme, please set the decoding mode of the decoder to ensure normal decoding. The decoding mode is relevant to the decoder and varies according to different decoders, and the decoding mode is the expression of the decoding capability of the decoder. Click on</p>
<p>the button in the figure, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1278" height="489" class="wp-image-4147" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 88" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 561" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88.jpeg 1278w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1024x392.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-768x294.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1200x459.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1278px) 100vw, 1278px" /></p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 35</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1756" height="1058" class="wp-image-4148" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 89" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 562" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89.jpeg 1756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1024x617.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-768x463.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1536x925.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1200x723.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1756px) 100vw, 1756px" /></p>
<p>Decoding mode represents the current decoding capability of the decoder, which is listed in the figure and supports 3 decoding modes, i.e. 16 channels 720 x576, 9 channels 1280 x960 and 4 channels 2048 x1536. Please note that the subsequent number represents the maximum resolution of decoding, for example, under the 9-channel mode, the maximum resolution of decoding is 1280&#215;960; the decoding mode of different decoders varies as well. It shall be normally decoded and displayed as the resolution of the front-end IPC has been guaranteed not to exceed the resolution restriction of the current decoder mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark177"></a> Decoding on the wall</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have selected a scheme, select the channel for decoding on the wall in the device list on</p>
<p>the left, then drag the relevant decoder to the corresponding decoding screen to complete decoding</p>
<p>on the wall. Use the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="121" height="82" class="wp-image-4149" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-90.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 90" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 563"></p>
<p>button to change the stream type of decoding on the wall before</p>
<p>dragging. Select main stream or sub-stream on the wall.</p>
<p>ZKTm is — :::</p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0 </strong>Control Decoder Device Mgmt I Decoder</p>
<p>Panel Config</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1827" height="860" class="wp-image-4150" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 91" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 564" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91.jpeg 1827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1024x482.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-768x362.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1536x723.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1200x565.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1827px) 100vw, 1827px" /></p>
<p>If the channel dragged to the channel of the decoding screen shall be changed to other channels, the other channels shall be directly dragged to the corresponding window.</p>
<p>36 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1531" height="572" class="wp-image-4151" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 92" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 565" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92.jpeg 1531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-300x112.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1024x383.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-768x287.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1200x448.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1531px) 100vw, 1531px" /></p>
<p>1) İDİ is used to open the decoding module preview window. Click on it to access a preview</p>
<p>window on the current page, which is convenient for customers to view pictures on the wall.</p>
<p>2) H is used to delete the current channel. Click on it to delete the decoding channel of the</p>
<p>current split screen.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark180"></a> 7.2.1 Decoding group Patrol</p>
<p>The decoding management group has been mentioned in the device management module discussed above. After setting up the decoding group, users may drag the group to the TV wall in the</p>
<p>decoding group module, as follows:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1816" height="757" class="wp-image-4152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 93" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 566" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93.jpeg 1816w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1024x427.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-768x320.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1536x640.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1200x500.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1816px) 100vw, 1816px" /></p>
<p>The group dragged to the TV wall output can automatically open the patrol within group. The patrol interval can be set at the time of configuring the decoding group. The default value is 2 seconds.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 37</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1079" class="wp-image-4153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 94" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 567" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1536x894.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1200x698.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark184"></a> Decoding Pre-plan Patrol</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the “ADD” button to add a pre-plan:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="659" class="wp-image-4154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 95" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 568" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95.jpeg 998w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-768x507.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></p>
<p>Set a “Plan Name” and “Stay Time” for the pre-plan patrol. The default value of “Stay Time” is 15 seconds; the minimum value is 10 seconds. After completion of settings, please click on “OK” to enter the pre-plan edit mode:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1841" height="1102" class="wp-image-4155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 96" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 569" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96.jpeg 1841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1024x613.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-768x460.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1536x919.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1200x718.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1841px) 100vw, 1841px" /></p>
<p>Configure the Pre-plan. Select the decoder split screen, decoding stream type and channel to edit the pre-plan settings. When you have completed settings, please click on “Save Pre-plan” to complete the editing.</p>
<p>Click on “Pre-plan” to make this group of Pre-plan to TV Wall directly with no necessary manual</p>
<p>38 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>operation, which is much convenient for users. Users may delete the saved pre-plans and perform other operations. If you have set several pre-plans, click “Start Pre-plan Patrol” to allow the decoder to start cruise according to the configured pre-plan.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark188"></a> Decoding rolling</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In case of Decoding rolling to be fulfilled in certain decoder, the decoder must be selected for Cruise during TV wall scheme setting (please see section 6.2), and the roll group has been determined in the course of scheme setting.</p>
<p>As the roll group and roll screen has been assured to be set in the scheme, on the button below in the interface to start/pause the Cruise , click the o button in the process of roll to stop roll (note: roll control button is only effective to roll decoder but general decoder).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark192"></a> Introduction of Buttons on Preview Operation Interface</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the preview operation interface, there is a row of function buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="81" class="wp-image-4156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 97" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 570" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97-300x51.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="84" class="wp-image-4157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 98" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 571" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98.jpeg 799w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-300x32.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-768x81.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></p>
<p>are split-screen switch control buttons. When a user selects the decoding screen, he/she may use the</p>
<p>buttons here to switch the number of split screens between different modes, such as 1,4, 9, 16, 36,</p>
<p>64. is a full screen control; users may click on it to activate full screen mode, right-click to exit.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="83" class="wp-image-4158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-99.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 99" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 572"></p>
<p>is a split control; users may open/close the decoder split.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="167" height="86" class="wp-image-4159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-100.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 100" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 573"></p>
<p>is a channel-clear-control; iib</p>
<p>is used to clear all decoding channels in certain decoders with one key, while</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="86" height="86" class="wp-image-4160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-101.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 101" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 574"></p>
<p>is used to clear all</p>
<p>decoding channels in all decoders with one key.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark196"></a> Decoder Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Access the playback operation interface as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 39</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1851" height="1135" class="wp-image-4161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 102" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 575" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102.jpeg 1851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1851px) 100vw, 1851px" /></p>
<p>Drag the channel to be played to the decoder, then select the criteria for searching, such as date and video path. Click on the “video retrieval” button to search for video files in the corresponding</p>
<p>channel. Operation here is similar to that of video playback. All playback channels must be in the</p>
<p>same device, and a maximum of 9 channels of playbacks simultaneously. When the video search is</p>
<p>completed, click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="85" class="wp-image-4162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-103.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 103" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 576"></p>
<p>button or double-click on timeline to start playing. Double-click to</p>
<p>relocate time stamp during playing, as shown in the figure:</p>
<p>40 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1852" height="1113" class="wp-image-4163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 104" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 577" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104.jpeg 1852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1024x615.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-768x462.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1536x923.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1200x721.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1852px) 100vw, 1852px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark197"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark200"></a> Introduction of Buttons on Playback Operation Interface</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The function buttons in the lower part of playback operation interface are</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1373" height="90" class="wp-image-4164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 105" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 578" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105.jpeg 1373w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-300x20.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1024x67.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-768x50.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1200x79.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1373px) 100vw, 1373px" /></p>
<p>For details about the</p>
<p>functions of the buttons, please see the section above. Its functions includes: play/pause, stop, frame</p>
<p>play, playback speed adjustment, full screen, split -screen number button, decoder CLS, splict offset settings, open/close the split, TV wall CLS.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark203"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark201"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark202"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark204"></a> Alarm Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Alarm configuration” button on the main interface to access the alarm configuration interface. “Alarm configuration” is an alarm rule setting module. If a user wants to fulfill alarm linkage in the client-end, the alarm linkage rule must be set in advance.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 41</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTebo</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ OOO</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td>Alarm configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>User: admin &amp;</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:30:29</td>
<td>CPU: 13% &#8211;</p>
<p>Memory: 69%</p>
<p>Up: 13KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 586KB/S</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device Refresh</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Rule Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Remarks</strong></td>
<td><strong>Enable</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Alarm | Event I &lt; 4&gt; ■** a «</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:29:25</td>
<td>Select channels</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:28:54</td>
<td>Select channels</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm configuration interface shows the currently set linkage rules and the state of the rule.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark205"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark208"></a> Add Linkage Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To add an alarm linkage rule, please click on “Add” at the upper left corner, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1233" height="1201" class="wp-image-4165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 106" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 579" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106.jpeg 1233w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1024x997.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-768x748.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1200x1169.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1233px) 100vw, 1233px" /></p>
<p>42 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark209"></a> Rule name: alarm linkage rule name is user-defined.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark210"></a> Alarm type: currently support 8 types of alarm, including Alarm in, Motion detection, Tampering, Video Loss, Area alarm, Object alarm, Cross line alarm and Counting alarm. Among which, the last four kinds are specialized to the device about intelligent detection. Regarding the definitions of the 8 types of alarm, please see NVR’s specifications.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark211"></a> Alarm source: Click on the check box to add all channels of all devices to VMS which can currently be selected.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark212"></a> Linkage action: includes capture, PTZ, Map, Record, pop Image and TV wall, which are defined respectively as below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Capture: </strong>captures the picture of the linkage channel.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ: </strong>controls the linkage channel. You may choose to call certain presets, call certain cruises or certain tracks. Only front devices which support PTZ control can be linked to PTZ.</p>
<p><strong>Map: </strong>displays an alarm on map interface. For the linkage of map alarm, the channel to be linked shall be deployed on the map. When an alarm is triggered, the icon of the channel will be indicated in red on the map.</p>
<p><strong>Record: </strong>when an alarm is triggered, the channel linked starts recording at local storage server, where you shall configure the RecPlan in advance. Records can be viewed by searching in the playback module.</p>
<p><strong>Pop image: </strong>when an alarm is triggered, the preview window will pop up from the main interface displaying the real-time preview of the linked channel.</p>
<p><strong>TV Wall: </strong>select a channel and TV Wall for wall-run. When an alarm is triggered, the real-time preview picture of this channel will be uploaded to the TV Wall.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the linkage action has been set as map, video, popup image and TV Wall, the front-end devices shall be selected. It shall be “auto-end” or “Schedule end”; “auto end” means that there is no linkage action upon the completion of alarm, while “timing end” means that the linkage action will end at the set time, which ranges from 1 second to 36,000 seconds.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark213"></a> Action param: the linkage action set can be displayed in this column.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark214"></a> Remarks: indicates relevant information of this linkage rule. It can be customized and omitted.</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon completion, the window is as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 43</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1105" height="1077" class="wp-image-4166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 107" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 580" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107.jpeg 1105w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1024x998.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-768x749.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1105px) 100vw, 1105px" /></p>
<p>Click on the “Save” button at the bottom to save and complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark217"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark216"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark218"></a> Modify Alarm Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1852" height="229" class="wp-image-4167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 108" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 581" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108.jpeg 1852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-300x37.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1024x127.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-768x95.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1536x190.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1200x148.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1852px) 100vw, 1852px" /></p>
<p>Upon completion of alarm rule adding, users may click on “Modify” indicated in the figure to edit the existing rule.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark222"></a> Delete Alarm Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Add Device Refresh</p>
<p>Rule Name Alarm Type Alarm Source</p>
<p>1 Alarm In DEVICES-NVR_192.168.0.88-NetAI&#8230;</p>
<p>Remarks</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>□</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="146" height="138" class="wp-image-4168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-109.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 109" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 582"></p>
<p>Modify Update</p>
<p>To delete the existing rule, click on the “Delete” button in the figure; in case of disable of the feature at the moment, select the “check” button in the figure.</p>
<p>44 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark224"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark226"></a> Alarm Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Alarm” button on the main interface to enter the alarm management interface:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1157" class="wp-image-4169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 110" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 583" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<p>Alarm management interface displays all alarm information upload to VMS. Select time range to search and an alarm type, click on the “Search” button, then the system will search for relevant alarm information. There are 8 types of alarms, including alarm input, motion detection, video tampering alarm, video loss, target count detection, area detection, object detection and line crossing detection.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark227"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark230"></a> Log Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Log” button on the main interface to enter the log management interface:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 45</p>
<p>User: admin G» CPU: 5%</p>
<p><sub>x</sub> Memory: 77%</p>
<p>Right: administrator <sub>Up: 1IKBS</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:53:43 Doyun* 682KR/<sup>&lt;S</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="4" height="638" class="wp-image-4170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-111.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 111" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 584"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1841" height="992" class="wp-image-4171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 112" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 585" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112.jpeg 1841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1024x552.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-768x414.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1536x828.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1200x647.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1841px) 100vw, 1841px" /></p>
<p>Log management interface displays all important operation records of a user. Select a log type and time range to search, click on “Retrieve” to start searching. Log types include login/logout, device management, start/stop rec, linkage management and remote configuration.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark231"></a> login/logout: users log in/out records.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark232"></a> Device management: management of records about user registration, modification and deletion of devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark233"></a> Start/stop recording: start/stop local video record.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark234"></a> Linkage management: management about recordsfromf user operations, such as addition, modification and deletion of a linkage rule.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark235"></a> Remote configuration: records of user operations in terms of remote configuration, and modification of parameters for front-end devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>The log will record the operation time, the user performed such operations, IP address where the operation is conducted, types of operations and target address of relevant important operations in details, which help the administrator to find out any issues.</p>
<p>46 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1825" height="155" class="wp-image-4172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 113" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 586" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113.jpeg 1825w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-300x25.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1024x87.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-768x65.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1536x130.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1200x102.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1825px) 100vw, 1825px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark238"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark236"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark237"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark239"></a> User Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “User management” button on the main interface to enter the user management interface:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTe^</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ □□a</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td>X *</p>
<p>Users management</td>
<td></td>
<td>User: admin G»</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-0811:58:40</td>
<td>CPU: 4% SI!</p>
<p>Memory: 75%</p>
<p>Up: 14KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 615KB/S</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add user</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Username</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>User type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>admin</td>
<td></td>
<td>administrator</td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td>Update Right</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Event</strong></td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>-•* B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:47:08</td>
<td></td>
<td>Select an alarm source</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:46:41</td>
<td></td>
<td>Fill in rule name</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>User admin listed in the user management interface has the rights to set privilege for sub-users and users. There is a default super user whose name is “admin”, which can not be deleted and has all privileges. Click on “Modify” to change the password of the super user.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark243"></a> Add Sub-user</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on “Add user” at the left-upper corner to add a new user:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="550" class="wp-image-4173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 114" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 587" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114.jpeg 860w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-300x192.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-768x491.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></p>
<p>The default user type is “Guest”, which means an ordinary user, not an administrative user. The user</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 47</p>
<p>type cannot be modified. Fill in the user name, password, type the password again, then click on “OK&#8217; to add a new user. The password and that to input at the field “Confirm password” shall be the same.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark247"></a> Sub-user Access Distribution</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Add user</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>User name</strong></td>
<td><strong>User type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td>Righ^</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Administrator</strong></td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td><strong>II</strong></td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>test</strong></td>
<td><strong>Guest</strong></td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td><strong>II</strong></td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Right</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To assign sub-users access rights, click on the “Right” button indicated in the figure to grant the users relevant access privileges:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1689" height="1263" class="wp-image-4174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 115" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 588" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115.jpeg 1689w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1024x766.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-768x574.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1536x1149.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1200x897.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1689px) 100vw, 1689px" /></p>
<p>Types of access include common access, map access and decoder access.</p>
<p>Common access: includes preview, playback, video, intercom and PTZ control; depends on channels. The administrator may distribute relevant channels to the corresponding sub-users. The number corresponding to PTZ represents the control priority of PTZ. You may double-click to edit, and select a value from 0 to 10, among which, 0 indicates that there will be no PTZ control access, and 1-10 indicates the priority of PTZ control access. The larger the number, the higher the authority, i.e. 10</p>
<p>48 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>represents the top priority of PTZ control while 1 represents the lowest priority.</p>
<p>Channels without preview access distributed will be hidden if a sub-user logs in. Similarly, channels without relevant access rights cannot offer users access to playback, video and intercom. users can’t apply the corresponding functions. For instance, there are only 3 channels have been distributed to test sub-user, as shown in the figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1368" height="1025" class="wp-image-4175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 116" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 589" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116.jpeg 1368w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1024x767.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-768x575.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1200x899.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1368px) 100vw, 1368px" /></p>
<p>Login with sub-user can only view three channels, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1780" height="1115" class="wp-image-4176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 117" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 590" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117.jpeg 1780w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1536x962.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1200x752.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1780px) 100vw, 1780px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>the super user has top access priority which cannot be modified.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 49</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark249"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark251"></a> Sub-user Modification and Deletion</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1846" height="1147" class="wp-image-4177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 118" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 591" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118.jpeg 1846w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1024x636.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-768x477.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1536x954.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1200x746.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1846px) 100vw, 1846px" /></p>
<p>1) Modify a sub-user</p>
<p>Click on the “Modify” button indicated in the figure to pop up the editing interface.</p>
<p><strong>Edit &#8211; X</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1037" height="465" class="wp-image-4178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 119" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 592" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119.jpeg 1037w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-300x135.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1024x459.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-768x344.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1037px) 100vw, 1037px" /></p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Users may modify their passwords as needed. Upon completion of input, click on the “OK” button to confirm and save.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark252"></a> Delete a sub-user</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Delete” button on the user management interface to delete corresponding users, among which, you may not delete the super user account.</p>
<p>50 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark255"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark254"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark256"></a> Local Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Local configuration” button on the main interface to enter the local configuration</p>
<p>interface:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTeco</em></td>
<td>□□a</p>
<p>□□a OOO</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td>Control</td>
<td>Local</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>panel</td>
<td>configuration</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>User admin &amp; <sup>CPU: 13%</sup></p>
<p>. &#8230; * Memory: 74%</p>
<p>Right: administrator ..</p>
<p>Up: 11 KB/S</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 12:11:49 <sub>Down:</sub> 625KB/S</p>
<p>□ Autologin □ Bootfrom the start</p>
<p>0 Auto stream O Speed mode ® Save mode 4 ■» sub screen open the main stream</p>
<p>Window scale</p>
<p>Capture path</p>
<p>Download path</p>
<p>Export log path</p>
<p>FullScreen</p>
<p>C:\Capture</p>
<p>C:\Download</p>
<p>C:\Logs</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Sync device time I Set Time □ Auto time Sync time 00:00 * Interval 1 ’ Day</p>
<p>Alarm sounds f Set</p>
<p>Rec storage path settings | Set</p>
<p>Data backup and restore Backup Restore</p>
<p>Channel count</p>
<p>ZKTeco: unlimited Channel</p>
<p>ONVIF: unlimited Channel; P2P: unlimited Channel; ZKTeco-P:unlimited Chai</p>
<p>Record colors ScheduleMotion detect</p>
<p>Smart</p>
<p>Version V2.0[20181123]</p>
<p>Save</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Event &lt; -♦* n </strong>s</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Serial</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Param</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm State</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 12:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B9301230911945AE75A</td>
<td>2</td>
<td></td>
<td>NVR._192.168.0.88-CH2</td>
<td>Stop Alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 12:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B810002ADBF0000BA47</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</td>
<td>Stop Alarm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark257"></a> Auto login: when VMS software opens, it will automatically log in.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark258"></a> Boot from the start: when you select this feature, the client-end program will run automatically when the server which runs VMS boot up.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark259"></a> Auto stream: when speed mode and save mode are selected, as shown in the figure,</li>
</ol>
<p>□ Auto stream 0 Speed mode 0 Save mode 4 ’ sub screen open the main stream</p>
<p>among which,</p>
<p>open of preview will open main stream and sub stream under the speed mode, however, only one of them will be displayed, therefor, it will be faster for switching and also saves the bandwidth. “Save” mode means that only one stream shall be opened at the same time; the current stream shall be closed to open another. It is slower and saves the bandwidth as well. Users may select the mode as needed. In addition, it can be selected under certain number of split screens to automatically switch to main stream under the circumstance of auto stream, 1,4 and 9 channels are optional.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 51</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark260"></a> Window scale: for preview or playback. You may choose from full screen, 4:3 and 16:9.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark261"></a> Capture path: the directory to save captured pictures, including preview captures, playback captures and alarm linkage captures.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark262"></a> Download path: the directory to down documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark263"></a> Export log path: the directory to export log documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark264"></a> Sync device time: manual or automatic synchronization of time of access devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark265"></a> Alarm sounds: selection of sound, which is used as alarm linkage sound. You may customize the sound.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark266"></a> Rec storage path setting: setting local directory to save recorded documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark267"></a> Data backup and restore: backing up and restoring database to prevent data loss.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark268"></a> Channel count: displaying the authorized total number of channels. ZKTeco: unlimited Channel;</li>
</ol>
<p>ONVIF: unlimited Channel; P2P: unlimited Channel; ZKTeco-P: unlimited Channel</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark269"></a> Record colors: defining the color of indication of different types of videos.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark270"></a> Version: the version number of the current program (non-modifiable).</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon completion of settings, click on “Save” to quit.</p>
<p>52 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
